1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
47 #include <algorithm>
48 #include <cstring>
49 #include <functional>
50 
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 } // end anonymous namespace
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw___float128:
112   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
113   case tok::kw_bool:
114   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
115   case tok::kw___auto_type:
116     return true;
117 
118   case tok::annot_typename:
119   case tok::kw_char16_t:
120   case tok::kw_char32_t:
121   case tok::kw_typeof:
122   case tok::annot_decltype:
123   case tok::kw_decltype:
124     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
125 
126   default:
127     break;
128   }
129 
130   return false;
131 }
132 
133 namespace {
134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
135   NotFound,
136   FoundNonType,
137   FoundType
138 };
139 } // end anonymous namespace
140 
141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
142 /// dependent class.
143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
147                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
148                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
149   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
150     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
151   // Look for type decls in base classes.
152   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
153       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
154   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
155     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
156     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
157       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
158     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
159       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
160       // templates.
161       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
162         continue;
163       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
164       if (!TD)
165         continue;
166       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
167           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
168         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
169           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
170         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
171           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
172                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
173             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
174               BaseRD = PS;
175         }
176       }
177     }
178     if (BaseRD) {
179       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
180         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
181           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
182         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
183       }
184       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
185         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
186         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
187           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
188         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
189           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
190           break;
191         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
192           break;
193         }
194       }
195     }
196   }
197 
198   return FoundTypeDecl;
199 }
200 
201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
202                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
203                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
204   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
205   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
206   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
207       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
208   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
209        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
210        DC = DC->getParent()) {
211     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
212     // templates.
213     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
214     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
215       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
216   }
217   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
218     return nullptr;
219 
220   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
221   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
222   // lookup during template instantiation.
223   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
224 
225   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
226   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
227                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
228   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
229 
230   CXXScopeSpec SS;
231   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
232 
233   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
234   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
235   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
236   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
237   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
238   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
239 }
240 
241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
242 /// return the declaration of that type.
243 ///
244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
250                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
251                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
252                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
253                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
254                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
255                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
256   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
257   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
258   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
259     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
260     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
261       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
262   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
263     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
264 
265     if (!LookupCtx) {
266       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
267         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
268         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
269         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
270         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
271         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
272         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
273         //
274         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
275         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
276         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
277           return nullptr;
278 
279         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
280         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
281         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
282           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
283 
284         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
285         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
286                                        II, NameLoc);
287         return ParsedType::make(T);
288       }
289 
290       return nullptr;
291     }
292 
293     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
294         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
295       return nullptr;
296   }
297 
298   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
299   // lookup for class-names.
300   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
301                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
302   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
303   if (LookupCtx) {
304     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
305     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
306     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
307     // nested-name-specifier.
308     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
309 
310     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
311       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
312       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
313       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
314       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
315       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
316       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
317       LookupName(Result, S);
318     }
319   } else {
320     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
321     LookupName(Result, S);
322 
323     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
324     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
325     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
326       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
327               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
328         return TypeInBase;
329     }
330   }
331 
332   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
333   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
334   case LookupResult::NotFound:
335   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
336     if (CorrectedII) {
337       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
338           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
339           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
340           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
341       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
342       TemplateTy Template;
343       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
344       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
345       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
346       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
347       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
348       if (SS && NNS) {
349         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
350         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
351       }
352       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
353           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
354           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
355           // is handled elsewhere).
356           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
357             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
358                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
359         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
360                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
361                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
362                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
363         if (Ty) {
364           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
365                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
366                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
367           if (SS && NNS)
368             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
369           *CorrectedII = NewII;
370           return Ty;
371         }
372       }
373     }
374     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
375   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
376   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
377     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
378     return nullptr;
379 
380   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
381     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
382     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
383     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
384     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
385     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
386     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
387       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
388       return nullptr;
389     }
390 
391     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
392     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
393          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
394       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
395         if (!IIDecl ||
396             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
397               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
398           IIDecl = *Res;
399       }
400     }
401 
402     if (!IIDecl) {
403       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
404       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
405       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
406       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
407       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
408       // a type name.
409       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
410       return nullptr;
411     }
412 
413     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
414     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
415     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
416     // perform the name lookup again.
417     break;
418 
419   case LookupResult::Found:
420     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
421     break;
422   }
423 
424   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
425 
426   QualType T;
427   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
428     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
429 
430     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
431     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
432 
433     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
434     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
435     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
436     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
437       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
438         // Construct a type with type-source information.
439         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
440         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
441 
442         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
443         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
444         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
445         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
446         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
447       } else {
448         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
449       }
450     }
451   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
452     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
453     if (!HasTrailingDot)
454       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
455   }
456 
457   if (T.isNull()) {
458     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
459     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
460     return nullptr;
461   }
462   return ParsedType::make(T);
463 }
464 
465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
466 static NestedNameSpecifier *
467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
468   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
469     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
470     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
471     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
472       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
473     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
474       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
475                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
476     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
477       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
478   }
479   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
480 }
481 
482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
485 /// correctly rejects.
486 static const CXXRecordDecl *
487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
488   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
489     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
490     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
491       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
492         return MD->getParent();
493   }
494   return nullptr;
495 }
496 
497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
498                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
499                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
500   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
501 
502   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
503   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
504     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
505     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
506     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
507     // lookup is retried.
508     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
509     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
510     // name specifiers.
511     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
512     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
513   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
514                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
515     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
516     // instantiation time.
517     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
518                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
519 
520     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
521     // template instantiation.
522     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
523                                                                       << RD;
524   } else {
525     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
526     return ParsedType();
527   }
528 
529   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
530 
531   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
532   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
533   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
534   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
535   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
536 
537   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
538   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
539   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
540   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
541   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
542   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
543 }
544 
545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
551   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
552   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
553   LookupName(R, S, false);
554   R.suppressDiagnostics();
555   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
556     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
557       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
558       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
559       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
560       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
561       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
562       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
563       }
564     }
565 
566   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
567 }
568 
569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
573 /// @code
574 /// template<class T> class A {
575 /// public:
576 ///   typedef int TYPE;
577 /// };
578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
579 /// public:
580 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
581 /// };
582 /// @endcode
583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
584   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
585     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
586       return true;
587 
588     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
589 
590     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
591     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
592       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
593         return true;
594     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
595   }
596   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
597 }
598 
599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
600                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
601                                    Scope *S,
602                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
603                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
604                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
605   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
606   SuggestedType = nullptr;
607 
608   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
609   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
610   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
611           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
612                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
613                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
614                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
615     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
616       // We corrected to a keyword.
617       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
618       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
619     } else {
620       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
621       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
622         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
623                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
624       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
625         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
626         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
627                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
628         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
629                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
630                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
631       } else {
632         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
633       }
634 
635       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
636       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
637         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
638                           SourceRange(IILoc));
639       SuggestedType =
640           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
641                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
642                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
643                       /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
644     }
645     return;
646   }
647 
648   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
649     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
650     UnqualifiedId Name;
651     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
652     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
653     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
654     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
655     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
656                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
657                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
658       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
659       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
660       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
661         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
662           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
663       }
664       return;
665     }
666   }
667 
668   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
669   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
670 
671   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
672     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
673   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
674     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
675       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
676   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
677     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
678     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
679       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
680 
681     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
682       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
683       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
684       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
685     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
686                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
687   } else {
688     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
689            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
690   }
691 }
692 
693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
694 /// or
695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
696   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
697                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
698 
699   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
700     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
701       return true;
702 
703     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
704       return true;
705   }
706 
707   return false;
708 }
709 
710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
711                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
712                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
713                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
714   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
715   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
716   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
717     StringRef FixItTagName;
718     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
719       case TTK_Class:
720         FixItTagName = "class ";
721         break;
722 
723       case TTK_Enum:
724         FixItTagName = "enum ";
725         break;
726 
727       case TTK_Struct:
728         FixItTagName = "struct ";
729         break;
730 
731       case TTK_Interface:
732         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
733         break;
734 
735       case TTK_Union:
736         FixItTagName = "union ";
737         break;
738     }
739 
740     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
741     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
742       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
743       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
744 
745     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
746          I != IEnd; ++I)
747       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
748         << Name << TagName;
749 
750     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
751     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
752     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
753     return true;
754   }
755 
756   return false;
757 }
758 
759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
761                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
762   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
763 
764   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
765   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
766 
767   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
768   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
769   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
770   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
771   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
772 }
773 
774 Sema::NameClassification
775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
776                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
777                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
778                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
779   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
780   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
781 
782   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
783     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
784     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
785   }
786 
787   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
788   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
789 
790   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
791   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
792   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
793     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
794             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
795       return TypeInBase;
796   }
797 
798   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
799   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
800   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
801   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
802   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
803     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
804     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
805       return E;
806   }
807 
808   bool SecondTry = false;
809   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
810 
811 Corrected:
812   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
813   case LookupResult::NotFound:
814     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
815     // call.
816     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
817       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
818       // FIXME: Reference?
819       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
820         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
821 
822       // C90 6.3.2.2:
823       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
824       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
825       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
826       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
827       //   the function call, the declaration
828       //
829       //     extern int identifier ();
830       //
831       //   appeared.
832       //
833       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
834       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
835         Result.addDecl(D);
836         Result.resolveKind();
837         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
838       }
839     }
840 
841     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
842     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
843     // "struct", or "union".
844     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
845         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
846       break;
847     }
848 
849     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
850     // close to this name.
851     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
852       SecondTry = true;
853       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
854                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
855                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
856                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
857         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
858         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
859 
860         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
861         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
862         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
863             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
864           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
865           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
866         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
867                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
868                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
869                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
870           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
871           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
872         }
873 
874         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
875           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
876         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
877           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
878           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
879                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
880           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
881                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
882                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
883         }
884 
885         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
886         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
887 
888         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
889         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
890           return Name;
891 
892         // Also update the LookupResult...
893         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
894         Result.clear();
895         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
896         if (FirstDecl)
897           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
898 
899         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
900         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
901         // reference the ivar.
902         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
903         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
904           Result.clear();
905           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
906           return E;
907         }
908 
909         goto Corrected;
910       }
911     }
912 
913     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
914     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
915     return NameClassification::Unknown();
916 
917   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
918     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
919     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
920     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
921 
922     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
923     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
924     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
925     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
926     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
927     //
928     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
929     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
930     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
931     // keyword here.
932     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
933                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
934                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
935   }
936 
937   case LookupResult::Found:
938   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
939   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
940     break;
941 
942   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
943     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
944         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
945       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
946       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
947       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
948       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
949       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
950       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
951       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
952       //   ambiguous.
953       //
954       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
955       // so try again after filtering out template names.
956       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
957       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
958         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
959         break;
960       }
961     }
962 
963     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
964     return NameClassification::Error();
965   }
966 
967   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
968       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
969     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
970     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
971     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
972     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
973     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
974     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
975     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
976       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
977 
978     if (!Result.empty()) {
979       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
980       bool IsVarTemplate;
981       TemplateName Template;
982       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
983         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
984         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
985                                                      Result.end());
986       } else {
987         TemplateDecl *TD
988           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
989         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
990         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
991 
992         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
993           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
994                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
995                                                       TD);
996         else
997           Template = TemplateName(TD);
998       }
999 
1000       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1001         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1002         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1003         // to based on which function we selected.
1004         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1005 
1006         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1007       }
1008 
1009       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1010                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1011     }
1012   }
1013 
1014   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1015   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1018     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1019     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1020       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1021     return ParsedType::make(T);
1022   }
1023 
1024   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1025   if (!Class) {
1026     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1027     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1028             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1029       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1030   }
1031 
1032   if (Class) {
1033     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1034 
1035     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1036       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1037       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1038       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1039       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1040     }
1041 
1042     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1043     return ParsedType::make(T);
1044   }
1045 
1046   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1047   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1048     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1049         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1050 
1051   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1052   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1053   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1054   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1055        (NextIsOp &&
1056         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1057       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1058     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1059     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1060     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1061     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1062       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1063     return ParsedType::make(T);
1064   }
1065 
1066   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1067     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1068                                            nullptr, S);
1069 
1070   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1071   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1072 }
1073 
1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1075 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1078 
1079   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1080   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1081   // the context we'll need to return to.
1082   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1083   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1084   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1085   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1086   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1087   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1088   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1089   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1090   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1091   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1092     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1093 
1094     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1095     // lexical context.
1096     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1097       return DC;
1098 
1099     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1100     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1101     // class is the context we need to return to.
1102     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1103       DC = RD;
1104 
1105     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1106     // declared in.
1107     return DC;
1108   }
1109 
1110   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1111 }
1112 
1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1114   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1115       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1116   CurContext = DC;
1117   S->setEntity(DC);
1118 }
1119 
1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1121   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1122 
1123   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1124   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1125 }
1126 
1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1128                                                                     Decl *D) {
1129   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1130   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1131   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1132   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1133   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1134   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1135   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1136   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1137   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1138   return Result;
1139 }
1140 
1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1142   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1147 ///
1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1149   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1150   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1151   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1152   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1153   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1154   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1155   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1156   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1157   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1158   //   namespace.
1159   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1160   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1161   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1162   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1163   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1164 
1165   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1166 
1167 #ifndef NDEBUG
1168   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1169   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1170   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1171 #endif
1172 
1173   CurContext = DC;
1174   S->setEntity(DC);
1175 }
1176 
1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1178   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1179 
1180   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1181   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1182   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1183   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1184   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1185 
1186   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1187   // disappear.
1188 }
1189 
1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1191   // We assume that the caller has already called
1192   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1193   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1194   if (!FD)
1195     return;
1196 
1197   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1198   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1199   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1200     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1201   CurContext = FD;
1202   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1203 
1204   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1205     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1206     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1207     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1208       S->AddDecl(Param);
1209       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1210     }
1211   }
1212 }
1213 
1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1215   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1216   // rather than the top-level class.
1217   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1218   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1219   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1220 }
1221 
1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1224 ///
1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1230 /// attribute.
1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1232                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1233   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1234     return true;
1235 
1236   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1237     return true;
1238 
1239   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1240           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1241 }
1242 
1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1245   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1246   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1247   // scope.
1248   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1249     S = S->getParent();
1250 
1251   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1252   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1253   // into any context.
1254   if (AddToContext)
1255     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1256 
1257   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1258   // are function-local declarations.
1259   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1260       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1261         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1262       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1263     return;
1264 
1265   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1266   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1267       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1268     return;
1269 
1270   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1271   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1272                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1273   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1274     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1275       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1276       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1277 
1278       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1279       break;
1280     }
1281   }
1282 
1283   S->AddDecl(D);
1284 
1285   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1286     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1287     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1288     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1289     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1290       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1291       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1292         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1293           continue;
1294       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1295         break;
1296     }
1297 
1298     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1299   } else {
1300     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1301   }
1302 }
1303 
1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1305   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1306     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1307 }
1308 
1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1310                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1311   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1312 }
1313 
1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1315   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1316   do {
1317     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1318       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1319         return S;
1320   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1321 
1322   return nullptr;
1323 }
1324 
1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1326                                             DeclContext*,
1327                                             ASTContext&);
1328 
1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1332                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1333                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1334   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1335   while (F.hasNext()) {
1336     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1337 
1338     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1339       continue;
1340 
1341     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1342       continue;
1343 
1344     F.erase();
1345   }
1346 
1347   F.done();
1348 }
1349 
1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1351   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1352          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1353          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1354 }
1355 
1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1358   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1359   while (F.hasNext())
1360     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1361       F.erase();
1362 
1363   F.done();
1364 }
1365 
1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1367 /// @code
1368 /// class S {
1369 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1370 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1371 /// };
1372 /// @endcode
1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1374   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1375   // the decl here.
1376   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1377     return false;
1378 
1379   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1380     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1381   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1382     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1383   return false;
1384 }
1385 
1386 // We need this to handle
1387 //
1388 // typedef struct {
1389 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1390 // } A;
1391 //
1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1397 // not.
1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1399   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1400   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1401     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1402       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1403         return true;
1404     }
1405     DC = DC->getParent();
1406   }
1407 
1408   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1409 }
1410 
1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1412 // these semantics.
1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1414   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1415     return false;
1416   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1417 }
1418 
1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1420   assert(D);
1421 
1422   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1423     return false;
1424 
1425   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1426   // of members of class templates.
1427   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1428       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1429     return false;
1430 
1431   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1432     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1433       return false;
1434 
1435     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1436       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1437         return false;
1438     } else {
1439       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1440       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1441         return false;
1442     }
1443 
1444     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1445         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1446       return false;
1447   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1448     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1449     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1450     // like "inline".)
1451     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1452       return false;
1453 
1454     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1455       return false;
1456 
1457     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1458         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1459       return false;
1460 
1461     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1462       return false;
1463   } else {
1464     return false;
1465   }
1466 
1467   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1468   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1469   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1470   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1471 }
1472 
1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1474   if (!D)
1475     return;
1476 
1477   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1478     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1479     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1480       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1481   }
1482 
1483   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1484     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1485     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1486       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1487   }
1488 
1489   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1490     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1491 }
1492 
1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1494   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1495     return false;
1496 
1497   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1498       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1499     return false;
1500 
1501   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1502     return true;
1503 
1504   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1505   // functions.
1506   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1507   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1508     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1509     WithinFunction =
1510         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1511   if (!WithinFunction)
1512     return false;
1513 
1514   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1515     return true;
1516 
1517   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1518   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1519     return false;
1520 
1521   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1522   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1523 
1524     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1525     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1526 
1527     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1528     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1529       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1530         return false;
1531     }
1532 
1533     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1534     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1535     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1536       return false;
1537 
1538     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1539     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1540     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1541 
1542     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1543       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1544       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1545         return false;
1546 
1547       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1548         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1549           return false;
1550 
1551         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1552           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1553                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1554             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1555           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1556             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1557           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1558             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1559             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1560               return false;
1561           }
1562         }
1563       }
1564     }
1565 
1566     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1567   }
1568 
1569   return true;
1570 }
1571 
1572 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1573                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1574   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1575     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1576                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1577     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1578       return;
1579     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1580                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1581   }
1582 }
1583 
1584 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1585   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1586     return;
1587 
1588   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1589     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1590       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1591     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1592       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1593   }
1594 }
1595 
1596 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1597 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1598 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1599   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1600     return;
1601 
1602   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1603     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1604     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1605     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1606     return;
1607   }
1608 
1609   FixItHint Hint;
1610   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1611 
1612   unsigned DiagID;
1613   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1614     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1615   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1616     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1617   else
1618     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1619 
1620   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1621 }
1622 
1623 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1624   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1625   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1626   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1627   // MS inline assembly label name.
1628   bool Diagnose = false;
1629   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1630     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1631   else
1632     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1633   if (Diagnose)
1634     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1635 }
1636 
1637 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1638   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1639 
1640   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1641   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1642          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1643 
1644   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1645     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1646 
1647     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1648     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1649 
1650     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1651 
1652     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1653     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1654       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1655       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1656         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1657     }
1658 
1659     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1660     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1661       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1662 
1663     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1664     // already.
1665     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1666     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1667     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1668       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1669         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1670             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1671         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1672       }
1673       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1674     }
1675   }
1676 }
1677 
1678 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1679 ///
1680 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1681 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1682 /// to the fixed name.
1683 ///
1684 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1685 ///
1686 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1687 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1688 ///
1689 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1690 /// class could not be found.
1691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1692                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1693                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1694   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1695   // creation from this context.
1696   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1697 
1698   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1699     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1700     // find an Objective-C class name.
1701     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1702             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1703             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1704             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1705       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1706       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1707       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1708     }
1709   }
1710   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1711   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1712   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1713       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1714   return Def;
1715 }
1716 
1717 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1718 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1719 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1720 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1721 /// ill-formed in C++:
1722 /// @code
1723 /// struct S6 {
1724 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1725 /// };
1726 ///
1727 /// void test_S6() {
1728 ///   struct S6 a;
1729 ///   a.e = BAR;
1730 /// }
1731 /// @endcode
1732 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1733 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1734 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1735 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1736 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1737 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1738 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1739 /// contain non-field names.
1740 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1741   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1742          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1743          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1744     S = S->getParent();
1745   return S;
1746 }
1747 
1748 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1749 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1750 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1751 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1752 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1753                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1754   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1755     return;
1756   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1757 
1758   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1759                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1760   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1761   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1762     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1763       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1764 }
1765 
1766 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1767   switch (Error) {
1768   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1769     return "";
1770   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1771     return "stdio.h";
1772   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1773     return "setjmp.h";
1774   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1775     return "ucontext.h";
1776   }
1777   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1778 }
1779 
1780 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1781 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1782 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1783 /// built-in.
1784 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1785                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1786                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1787   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1788 
1789   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1790   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1791   if (Error) {
1792     if (ForRedeclaration)
1793       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1794           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1795     return nullptr;
1796   }
1797 
1798   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
1799       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
1800        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
1801     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1802         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1803     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1804         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1805       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1806           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1807           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1808   }
1809 
1810   if (R.isNull())
1811     return nullptr;
1812 
1813   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1814   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1815     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1816         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1817                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1818     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1819     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1820     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1821   }
1822 
1823   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1824                                            Parent,
1825                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1826                                            SC_Extern,
1827                                            false,
1828                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1829   New->setImplicit();
1830 
1831   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1832   // FunctionDecl.
1833   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1834     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1835     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1836       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1837           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1838                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1839                               SC_None, nullptr);
1840       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1841       Params.push_back(parm);
1842     }
1843     New->setParams(Params);
1844   }
1845 
1846   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1847   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1848 
1849   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1850   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1851   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1852   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1853   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1854   CurContext = Parent;
1855   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1856   CurContext = SavedContext;
1857   return New;
1858 }
1859 
1860 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1861 /// entity if their types are the same.
1862 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1863 /// isSameEntity.
1864 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1865                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1866                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1867   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1868   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1869     return;
1870 
1871   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1872   if (Previous.empty())
1873     return;
1874 
1875   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1876   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1877     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1878 
1879     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1880     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1881       continue;
1882 
1883     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1884     // different linkages.
1885     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1886       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1887                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1888         continue;
1889 
1890       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1891       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1892       if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1893           OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1894           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1895         continue;
1896     }
1897 
1898     Filter.erase();
1899   }
1900 
1901   Filter.done();
1902 }
1903 
1904 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1905   QualType OldType;
1906   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1907     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1908   else
1909     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1910   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1911 
1912   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1913     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1914     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1915     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1916       << Kind << NewType;
1917     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1918       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1919     New->setInvalidDecl();
1920     return true;
1921   }
1922 
1923   if (OldType != NewType &&
1924       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1925       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1926       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1927     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1928     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1929       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1930     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1931       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1932     New->setInvalidDecl();
1933     return true;
1934   }
1935   return false;
1936 }
1937 
1938 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1939 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1940 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1941 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1942 ///
1943 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
1944                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1945   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1946   // merging checks.
1947   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1948 
1949   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1950   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1951   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1952     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1953     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1954     default: break;
1955     case 2:
1956       {
1957         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1958           break;
1959         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1960         if (!T->isPointerType())
1961           break;
1962         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1963           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1964           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1965             break;
1966         }
1967         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1968         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1969         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1970         return;
1971       }
1972     case 5:
1973       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1974         break;
1975       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1976       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1977       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1978       return;
1979     case 3:
1980       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1981         break;
1982       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1983       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1984       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1985       return;
1986     }
1987     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1988   }
1989 
1990   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1991   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1992   if (!Old) {
1993     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1994       << New->getDeclName();
1995 
1996     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1997     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1998       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1999 
2000     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2001   }
2002 
2003   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2004   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2005     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2006 
2007   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2008     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2009     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2010     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2011     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
2012         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2013         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2014       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2015       // instead of our tag.
2016       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2017       if (OldTD->isModed())
2018         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2019                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2020       else
2021         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2022 
2023       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2024       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
2025 
2026       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2027       // out of the scope.
2028       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2029         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2030         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2031           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2032           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2033           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2034           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2035           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2036         }
2037       }
2038     }
2039   }
2040 
2041   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2042   // with any extensions enabled.
2043   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2044     return;
2045 
2046   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2047   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2048   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2049     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2050     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2051   }
2052 
2053   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2054     return;
2055 
2056   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2057     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2058     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2059     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2060     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2061     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2062       return;
2063 
2064     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2065     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2066     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2067     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2068     //
2069     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2070     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2071     //
2072     //   struct S {
2073     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2074     //   };
2075     //
2076     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2077     // allow the above but disallow
2078     //
2079     //   struct S {
2080     //     typedef int I;
2081     //     typedef int I;
2082     //   };
2083     //
2084     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2085     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2086       return;
2087 
2088     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2089       << New->getDeclName();
2090     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2091     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2092   }
2093 
2094   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2095   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2096     return;
2097 
2098   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2099   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2100   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2101   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2102   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2103       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2104        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2105     return;
2106 
2107   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2108     << New->getDeclName();
2109   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2110 }
2111 
2112 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2113 /// attribute.
2114 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2115   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2116   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2117   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2118     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2119       if (Ann) {
2120         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2121           return true;
2122         continue;
2123       }
2124       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2125       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2126         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2127       return true;
2128     }
2129 
2130   return false;
2131 }
2132 
2133 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2134   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2135     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2136   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2137     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2138   return true;
2139 }
2140 
2141 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2142 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2143 ///
2144 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2145 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2146   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2147   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2148   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2149   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2150   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2151   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2152     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2153     // in a case like:
2154     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2155     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2156     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2157     // definition in such a case.
2158     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2159       return false;
2160 
2161     if (I->isAlignas())
2162       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2163 
2164     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2165     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2166       OldAlign = Align;
2167       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2168     }
2169   }
2170 
2171   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2172   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2173   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2174   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2175     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2176       return false;
2177 
2178     if (I->isAlignas())
2179       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2180 
2181     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2182     if (Align > NewAlign)
2183       NewAlign = Align;
2184   }
2185 
2186   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2187     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2188     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2189     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2190     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2191 
2192     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2193     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2194     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2195       QualType Ty;
2196       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2197         Ty = VD->getType();
2198       else
2199         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2200 
2201       if (OldAlign == 0)
2202         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2203       if (NewAlign == 0)
2204         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2205     }
2206 
2207     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2208       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2209         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2210         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2211       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2212     }
2213   }
2214 
2215   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2216     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2217     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2218     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2219     //   equivalent alignment.
2220     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2221     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2222     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2223     //   have no alignment specifier.
2224     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2225       << OldAlignasAttr;
2226     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2227       << OldAlignasAttr;
2228   }
2229 
2230   bool AnyAdded = false;
2231 
2232   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2233   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2234     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2235     Clone->setInherited(true);
2236     New->addAttr(Clone);
2237     AnyAdded = true;
2238   }
2239 
2240   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2241   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2242       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2243     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2244     Clone->setInherited(true);
2245     New->addAttr(Clone);
2246     AnyAdded = true;
2247   }
2248 
2249   return AnyAdded;
2250 }
2251 
2252 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2253                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2254                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2255   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2256   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2257   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2258   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2259   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2260   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2261   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2262   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2263   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2264   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2265     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2266                                       AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2267                                       AA->getDeprecated(),
2268                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2269                                       AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(),
2270                                       AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2271                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2272   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2273     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2274                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2275   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2276     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2277                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2278   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2279     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2280                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2281   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2282     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2283                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2284   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2285     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2286                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2287                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2288   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2289     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2290                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2291   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2292     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2293                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2294                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2295   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2296     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2297                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2298                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2299   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2300            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2301             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2302     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2303     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2304     return false;
2305   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2306     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2307   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2308     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2309   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2310     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2311         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2312         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2313         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2314   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2315     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2316                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2317                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2318   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2319     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2320     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2321     NewAttr = nullptr;
2322   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2323            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2324             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2325     NewAttr = nullptr;
2326   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2327     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex,
2328                               UA->getGuid());
2329   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2330     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2331 
2332   if (NewAttr) {
2333     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2334     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2335     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2336       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2337     return true;
2338   }
2339 
2340   return false;
2341 }
2342 
2343 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2344   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2345     return TD->getDefinition();
2346   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2347     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2348     if (Def)
2349       return Def;
2350     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2351   }
2352   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2353     return FD->getDefinition();
2354   return nullptr;
2355 }
2356 
2357 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2358   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2359     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2360       return true;
2361   return false;
2362 }
2363 
2364 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2365 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2366 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2367   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2368     return;
2369 
2370   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2371   if (!Def || Def == New)
2372     return;
2373 
2374   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2375   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2376     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2377 
2378     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2379       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2380         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2381         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2382 
2383         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2384         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2385           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2386           --E;
2387           continue;
2388         }
2389       } else {
2390         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2391         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2392                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2393                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2394                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2395         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2396         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2397         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2398       }
2399       ++I;
2400       continue;
2401     }
2402 
2403     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2404       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2405       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2406         ++I;
2407         continue;
2408       }
2409     }
2410 
2411     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2412       ++I;
2413       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2414     }
2415 
2416     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2417       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2418       ++I;
2419       continue;
2420     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2421       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2422         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2423         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2424         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2425         //   equivalent alignment.
2426         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2427         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2428         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2429         //   have no alignment specifier.
2430         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2431           << AA;
2432         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2433           << AA;
2434         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2435         --E;
2436         continue;
2437       }
2438     }
2439 
2440     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2441            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2442     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2443     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2444     --E;
2445   }
2446 }
2447 
2448 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2449 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2450                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2451   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2452     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2453     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2454     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2455   }
2456 
2457   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2458     return;
2459 
2460   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2461   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2462 
2463   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2464     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2465       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2466         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2467         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2468         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2469       }
2470     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2471       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2472       // already been ODR-used.
2473       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2474         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2475     }
2476   }
2477 
2478   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2479   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2480     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2481       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2482         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2483                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2484           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2485                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2486               << NewTag;
2487           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2488         }
2489       }
2490     } else {
2491       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2492       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2493     }
2494   }
2495 
2496   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2497     return;
2498 
2499   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2500 
2501   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2502   // we process them.
2503   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2504 
2505   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2506     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2507     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2508     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2509         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2510         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2511       switch (AMK) {
2512       case AMK_None:
2513         continue;
2514 
2515       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2516       case AMK_Override:
2517       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2518         LocalAMK = AMK;
2519         break;
2520       }
2521     }
2522 
2523     // Already handled.
2524     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2525       continue;
2526 
2527     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2528       foundAny = true;
2529   }
2530 
2531   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2532     foundAny = true;
2533 
2534   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2535 }
2536 
2537 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2538 /// to the new one.
2539 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2540                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2541                                      Sema &S) {
2542   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2543   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2544   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2545   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2546   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2547   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2548     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2549            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2550     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2551     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2552     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2553       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2554     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2555       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2556     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2557            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2558   }
2559 
2560   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2561     return;
2562 
2563   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2564 
2565   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2566   // done before we process them.
2567   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2568 
2569   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2570     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2571       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2572         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2573       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2574       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2575       foundAny = true;
2576     }
2577   }
2578 
2579   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2580 }
2581 
2582 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2583                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2584                                 Sema &S) {
2585   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2586     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2587       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2588         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2589           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2590                *Newnullability,
2591                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2592                 != 0))
2593           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2594                *Oldnullability,
2595                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2596                 != 0));
2597         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2598       }
2599     } else {
2600       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2601       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2602                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2603                          NewT, NewT);
2604       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2605     }
2606   }
2607 }
2608 
2609 namespace {
2610 
2611 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2612 /// C.
2613 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2614   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2615   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2616   QualType PromotedType;
2617 };
2618 
2619 } // end anonymous namespace
2620 
2621 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2622 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2623   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2624     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2625       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2626 
2627     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2628       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2629 
2630     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2631       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2632   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2633     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2634   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2635     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2636   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2637     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2638   }
2639 
2640   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2641 }
2642 
2643 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2644 // declaration, or a declaration.
2645 template <typename T>
2646 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2647 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2648   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2649   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2650   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2651     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2652   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2653     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2654     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2655       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2656   } else
2657     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2658   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2659 }
2660 
2661 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2662 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2663 /// GNU89 mode.
2664 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2665                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2666   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2667           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2668           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2669           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2670 }
2671 
2672 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2673   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2674   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2675     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2676   return AT;
2677 }
2678 
2679 template <typename T>
2680 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2681   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2682   if (DC->isRecord())
2683     return false;
2684 
2685   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2686   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2687     return true;
2688   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2689     return true;
2690   return false;
2691 }
2692 
2693 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2694 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2695 
2696 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2697 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2698 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2699 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2700 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2701                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2702   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2703   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2704   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2705   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2706   //      and function templates; or
2707   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2708   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2709   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2710   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2711   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2712 
2713   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2714   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2715   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2716   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2717   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2718 
2719   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2720   if (Old &&
2721       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2722           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2723       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2724     Old = nullptr;
2725 
2726   if (!Old) {
2727     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2728     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2729     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2730     return true;
2731   }
2732   return false;
2733 }
2734 
2735 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
2736                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
2737   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
2738 
2739   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
2740     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2741     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2742     if (AttrA == AttrB)
2743       return true;
2744     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType();
2745   };
2746 
2747   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
2748 }
2749 
2750 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2751 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2752 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2753 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2754 ///
2755 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2756 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2757 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2758 /// merged with.
2759 ///
2760 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2761 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2762                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2763   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2764   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2765   if (!Old) {
2766     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2767       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2768         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2769         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2770              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2771         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2772              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2773         return true;
2774       }
2775 
2776       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2777       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2778         return true;
2779       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2780     } else {
2781       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2782         << New->getDeclName();
2783       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2784       return true;
2785     }
2786   }
2787 
2788   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2789   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2790     return true;
2791 
2792   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2793   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2794   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2795       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2796 
2797   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2798   // is an extern inline function.
2799   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2800   // storage classes.
2801   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2802       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2803       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2804       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2805       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2806     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2807       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2808       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2809     } else {
2810       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2811       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2812       return true;
2813     }
2814   }
2815 
2816   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2817       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
2818     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
2819         << New->getDeclName();
2820     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2821     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
2822   }
2823 
2824   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2825   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2826   // convention of the first.
2827   //
2828   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2829   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2830   //
2831   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2832   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2833   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2834   //
2835   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2836   // other tests to run.
2837   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2838   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2839   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2840   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2841   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2842   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2843   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2844 
2845   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2846     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2847     const FunctionType *FT =
2848         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2849     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2850     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2851     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2852       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2853       // there but not here.
2854       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2855       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2856     } else {
2857       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2858       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2859       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2860         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2861         << !FirstCCExplicit
2862         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2863             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2864 
2865       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2866       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2867       return true;
2868     }
2869   }
2870 
2871   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2872   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2873     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2874     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2875   }
2876 
2877   // Merge regparm attribute.
2878   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2879       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2880     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2881       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2882         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2883         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2884       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2885       return true;
2886     }
2887 
2888     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2889     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2890   }
2891 
2892   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2893   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2894     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2895       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2896       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2897       return true;
2898     }
2899 
2900     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2901     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2902   }
2903 
2904   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2905     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2906     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2907     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2908     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2909     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2910   }
2911 
2912   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2913   // UndefinedButUsed.
2914   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2915       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2916       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2917       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2918       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2919     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2920                                            SourceLocation()));
2921 
2922   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2923   // about it.
2924   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2925       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2926     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2927   }
2928 
2929   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
2930   // redeclaration.
2931   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
2932       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
2933     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
2934         << New->getDeclName();
2935     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2936     return true;
2937   }
2938 
2939   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2940     // C++1z [over.load]p2
2941     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2942     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
2943     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
2944 
2945     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
2946     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
2947     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
2948     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
2949     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
2950     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
2951       return true;
2952     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2953     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2954 
2955     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2956     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2957     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2958     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2959     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2960     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2961         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2962              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2963              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2964     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2965         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2966              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2967              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2968     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2969         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2970           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2971       QualType ResQT;
2972       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2973           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2974         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2975       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2976         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2977           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2978               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2979         else
2980           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2981               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2982         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2983                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2984         return true;
2985       }
2986       else
2987         NewQType = ResQT;
2988     }
2989 
2990     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2991     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2992     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2993       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2994       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2995       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2996       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2997         New->setType(
2998             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2999                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3000                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3001         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3002             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3003                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3004                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3005       }
3006     }
3007 
3008     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3009     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3010     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3011       // Preserve triviality.
3012       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3013 
3014       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3015       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3016       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3017       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3018                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3019                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3020       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3021 
3022       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3023           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3024         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3025         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3026         //       is a static member function declaration.
3027         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3028           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3029           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3030           return true;
3031         }
3032 
3033         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3034         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3035         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3036         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3037         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
3038           unsigned NewDiag;
3039           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3040             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3041           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3042             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3043           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3044             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3045           else
3046             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3047 
3048           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3049         } else {
3050           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3051             << New << New->getType();
3052         }
3053         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3054         return true;
3055 
3056       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3057       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3058       //
3059       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3060       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3061       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3062         if (isFriend) {
3063           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3064         } else {
3065           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3066                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3067             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3068           return true;
3069         }
3070       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3071         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3072              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3073           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3074         return true;
3075       }
3076     }
3077 
3078     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3079     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3080     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3081     //   attribute.
3082     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3083     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3084       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3085       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3086            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3087     }
3088 
3089     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3090     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3091     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3092     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3093     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3094     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3095       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3096            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3097       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3098            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3099     }
3100 
3101     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3102     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3103     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3104     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3105 
3106     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3107     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3108     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3109       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3110       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3111         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3112       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3113       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3114     }
3115 
3116     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3117       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3118       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3119       //
3120       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3121       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3122       // linkage within class scope.
3123       //
3124       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3125       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3126         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3127         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3128       } else {
3129         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3130         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3131         return true;
3132       }
3133     }
3134 
3135     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3136       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3137 
3138     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3139         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
3140       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
3141       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
3142       // when we instantiate the function.
3143       return false;
3144     }
3145 
3146     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3147   }
3148 
3149   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3150   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3151   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3152       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3153     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3154     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3155     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3156     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3157         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3158       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3159       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3160       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3161       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3162       NewQType =
3163           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3164                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3165       New->setType(NewQType);
3166       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3167 
3168       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3169       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3170       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3171         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3172                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3173                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3174                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3175         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3176         Param->setImplicit();
3177         Params.push_back(Param);
3178       }
3179 
3180       New->setParams(Params);
3181     }
3182 
3183     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3184   }
3185 
3186   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3187   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3188   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3189   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3190   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3191   // the prototype.
3192   //
3193   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3194   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3195   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3196   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3197   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3198       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3199       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3200       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3201     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3202     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3203     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3204       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3205     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3206       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3207 
3208     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3209     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3210                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3211     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3212     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3213          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3214       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3215       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3216       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3217                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3218         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3219       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3220                                             NewParm->getType(),
3221                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3222         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3223                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3224         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3225         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3226       } else
3227         LooseCompatible = false;
3228     }
3229 
3230     if (LooseCompatible) {
3231       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3232         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3233              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3234           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3235           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3236         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3237           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3238                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3239       }
3240 
3241       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3242         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3243                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3244       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3245     }
3246 
3247     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3248   }
3249 
3250   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3251   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3252 
3253   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3254   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3255   unsigned BuiltinID;
3256   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3257     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3258     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3259     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3260       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3261       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3262         << Old << Old->getType();
3263 
3264       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3265       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3266       //
3267       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3268       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3269       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3270       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3271       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3272       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3273         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3274 
3275       return false;
3276     }
3277 
3278     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3279   }
3280 
3281   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3282   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3283   return true;
3284 }
3285 
3286 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3287 /// known to be compatible.
3288 ///
3289 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3290 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3291 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3292 /// redeclaration of Old.
3293 ///
3294 /// \returns false
3295 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3296                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3297   // Merge the attributes
3298   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3299 
3300   // Merge "pure" flag.
3301   if (Old->isPure())
3302     New->setPure();
3303 
3304   // Merge "used" flag.
3305   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3306     New->setIsUsed();
3307 
3308   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3309   // declarations.
3310   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3311       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3312         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3313         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3314         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3315         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3316       }
3317 
3318   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3319     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3320 
3321   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3322   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3323   // was visible.
3324   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3325   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3326     New->setType(Merged);
3327 
3328   return false;
3329 }
3330 
3331 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3332                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3333   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3334   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3335     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3336       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3337       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3338                                                        : AMK_Override;
3339 
3340   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3341 
3342   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3343   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3344                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3345   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3346          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3347        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3348     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3349 
3350   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3351 }
3352 
3353 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3354   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3355 
3356   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3357          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3358          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3359     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3360 
3361   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3362   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3363   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3364     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3365   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3366   New->setInvalidDecl();
3367 }
3368 
3369 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3370 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3371 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3372 ///
3373 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3374 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3375 /// is attached.
3376 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3377                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3378   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3379     return;
3380 
3381   QualType MergedT;
3382   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3383     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3384       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3385       return;
3386     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3387       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3388       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3389     }
3390     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3391     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3392     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3393     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3394     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3395     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3396       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3397       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3398 
3399       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3400       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3401       // mismatch.
3402       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3403         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3404              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3405           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3406           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3407             continue;
3408 
3409           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3410             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3411         }
3412       }
3413 
3414       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3415         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3416                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3417           MergedT = New->getType();
3418       }
3419       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3420       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3421       // visible.
3422       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3423         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3424                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3425           MergedT = Old->getType();
3426       }
3427     }
3428     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3429                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3430       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3431                                               Old->getType());
3432     }
3433   } else {
3434     // C 6.2.7p2:
3435     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3436     //   compatible type.
3437     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3438   }
3439   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3440     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3441     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3442     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3443     // equivalent.
3444     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3445     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3446          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3447       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3448       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3449       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3450       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3451         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3452       return;
3453     }
3454     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3455   }
3456 
3457   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3458   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3459   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3460     New->setType(MergedT);
3461 }
3462 
3463 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3464                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3465   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3466   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3467   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3468   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3469   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3470   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3471   //
3472   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3473   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3474     return false;
3475 
3476   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3477     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3478     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3479     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3480     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3481     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3482            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3483             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3484   } else {
3485     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3486     // type unless we're in the same function.
3487     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3488            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3489   }
3490 }
3491 
3492 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3493 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3494 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3495 ///
3496 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3497 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3498 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3499 ///
3500 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3501   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3502   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3503     return;
3504 
3505   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3506     return;
3507 
3508   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3509 
3510   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3511   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3512   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3513   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3514     if (NewTemplate) {
3515       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3516       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3517 
3518       if (auto *Shadow =
3519               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3520         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3521           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3522     } else {
3523       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3524 
3525       if (auto *Shadow =
3526               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3527         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3528           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3529     }
3530   }
3531   if (!Old) {
3532     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3533       << New->getDeclName();
3534     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3535          diag::note_previous_definition);
3536     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3537   }
3538 
3539   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3540   if (NewTemplate &&
3541       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3542                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3543                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3544     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3545 
3546   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3547   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3548   //
3549   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3550   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3551     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3552       << New->getIdentifier();
3553     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3554     New->setInvalidDecl();
3555   }
3556 
3557   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3558   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3559   // declaration
3560   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3561       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3562       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3563     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3564     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3565     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3566     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3567   }
3568 
3569   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3570       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3571     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3572         << New->getDeclName();
3573     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3574     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3575   }
3576 
3577   // Merge the types.
3578   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3579   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3580     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3581                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3582     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3583       return;
3584   }
3585 
3586   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3587   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3588     return;
3589 
3590   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3591   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3592   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3593       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3594 
3595   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3596   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3597       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3598       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3599     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3600       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3601           << New->getDeclName();
3602       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3603     } else {
3604       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3605           << New->getDeclName();
3606       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3607       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3608     }
3609   }
3610   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3611   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3612   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3613   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3614   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3615   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3616   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3617   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3618   //   identifier has external linkage.
3619   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3620     /* Okay */;
3621   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3622            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3623            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3624     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3625     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3626     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3627   }
3628 
3629   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3630   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3631       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3632     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3633     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3634     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3635   }
3636   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3637       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3638     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3639     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3640     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3641   }
3642 
3643   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3644 
3645   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3646   // need to check for mismatches.
3647   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3648       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3649       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3650         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3651     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3652     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3653     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3654   }
3655 
3656   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
3657     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3658       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
3659       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
3660       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
3661       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
3662       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3663     }
3664   }
3665 
3666   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3667   // UndefinedButUsed.
3668   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
3669       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3670     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3671                                            SourceLocation()));
3672 
3673   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3674     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3675       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3676       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3677     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3678       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3679       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3680     } else {
3681       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3682       // static and dynamic initialization.
3683       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3684       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3685       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3686         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3687       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3688     }
3689   }
3690 
3691   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3692   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3693       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
3694     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
3695         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
3696       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
3697       Diag(New->getLocation(),
3698            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
3699     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3700       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
3701         return;
3702     }
3703   }
3704 
3705   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3706     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3707     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3708     New->setInvalidDecl();
3709     return;
3710   }
3711 
3712   // Merge "used" flag.
3713   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3714     New->setIsUsed();
3715 
3716   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3717   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3718   if (NewTemplate)
3719     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3720 
3721   // Inherit access appropriately.
3722   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3723   if (NewTemplate)
3724     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3725 
3726   if (Old->isInline())
3727     New->setImplicitlyInline();
3728 }
3729 
3730 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
3731 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
3732 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
3733   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
3734       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3735        New->isInline() ||
3736        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3737        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3738        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3739     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3740     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
3741     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
3742 
3743     // Make the canonical definition visible.
3744     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3745       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation());
3746     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation());
3747     return false;
3748   } else {
3749     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3750     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3751     New->setInvalidDecl();
3752     return true;
3753   }
3754 }
3755 
3756 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3757 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3758 Decl *
3759 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3760                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3761   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
3762                                     AnonRecord);
3763 }
3764 
3765 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3766 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3767 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3768 // compatibility.
3769 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3770 // targeted.
3771 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3772   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3773              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3774              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3775 }
3776 
3777 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3778   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3779     return;
3780 
3781   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3782     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3783     // it is anonymous.
3784     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3785       return;
3786     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3787         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3788     Context.setManglingNumber(
3789         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3790                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3791     return;
3792   }
3793 
3794   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3795   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3796   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3797           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3798     Context.setManglingNumber(
3799         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3800                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3801   }
3802 }
3803 
3804 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3805                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3806   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3807     return;
3808 
3809   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3810   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3811     return;
3812 
3813   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3814   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3815 
3816   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3817   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3818                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3819     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3820       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3821     return;
3822   }
3823 
3824   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3825   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3826   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3827   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3828   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3829   // for how to handle it.
3830   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3831     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3832 
3833     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3834     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3835 
3836     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3837     textToInsert += ' ';
3838     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3839     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3840         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3841     return;
3842   }
3843 
3844   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3845   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3846 }
3847 
3848 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3849   switch (T) {
3850   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3851     return 0;
3852   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3853     return 1;
3854   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3855     return 2;
3856   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3857     return 3;
3858   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3859     return 4;
3860   default:
3861     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3862   }
3863 }
3864 
3865 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3866 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3867 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3868 Decl *
3869 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3870                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3871                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
3872                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3873   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3874   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3875   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3876       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3877       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3878       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3879       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3880     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3881 
3882     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3883       return nullptr;
3884 
3885     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3886     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3887     // it's a Type.
3888     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3889       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3890     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3891       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3892   }
3893 
3894   if (Tag) {
3895     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3896     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3897     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3898       return Tag;
3899   }
3900 
3901   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3902     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3903     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3904     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3905       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3906            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3907            << DS.getSourceRange();
3908   }
3909 
3910   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
3911     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
3912         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
3913 
3914   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3915     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3916     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3917     if (Tag)
3918       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3919           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3920     else
3921       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3922     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3923     return TagD;
3924   }
3925 
3926   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3927     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3928     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3929     // its initializer.
3930     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3931     return TagD;
3932   }
3933 
3934   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3935 
3936   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3937     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3938     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3939     if (TagD && !Tag)
3940       return nullptr;
3941     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3942   }
3943 
3944   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3945   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3946     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3947   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3948       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
3949       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
3950     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3951     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3952     // or an explicit specialization.
3953     //
3954     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
3955     // obvious intent of DR1819.
3956     //
3957     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3958     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3959         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3960     return nullptr;
3961   }
3962 
3963   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3964   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3965 
3966   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3967   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3968     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3969         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3970       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3971           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
3972         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
3973         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
3974         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
3975         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
3976         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
3977         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
3978         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
3979         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3980           AnonRecord = Record;
3981         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3982                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3983       }
3984 
3985       DeclaresAnything = false;
3986     }
3987   }
3988 
3989   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3990   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3991   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3992   //
3993   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3994   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3995   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3996       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3997     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3998     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3999     //   struct STRUCT;
4000     //   union UNION;
4001     // and
4002     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4003     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4004     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4005         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4006       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4007       if (Tag)
4008         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4009       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4010                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4011         Record = RT->getDecl();
4012       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4013         Record = UT->getDecl();
4014 
4015       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4016         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4017           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4018         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4019       }
4020 
4021       DeclaresAnything = false;
4022     }
4023   }
4024 
4025   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4026   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4027       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4028     return TagD;
4029 
4030   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4031       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4032     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4033       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4034           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4035         DeclaresAnything = false;
4036 
4037   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4038     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4039     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4040       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4041         << DS.getSourceRange();
4042     else
4043       DeclaresAnything = false;
4044   }
4045 
4046   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4047       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4048     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4049       << Tag->getTagKind()
4050       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4051 
4052   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4053 
4054   // C 6.7/2:
4055   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4056   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4057   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4058   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4059   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4060   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4061   //   previous declaration.
4062   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4063     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4064     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4065     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4066     return TagD;
4067   }
4068 
4069   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4070   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4071   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4072   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4073   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4074   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4075   //
4076   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4077   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4078   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4079     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4080 
4081   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4082   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4083   // useless.
4084   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4085     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4086       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4087       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4088       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4089     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4090       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4091         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4092   }
4093 
4094   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4095     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4096       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4097   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4098     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4099       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4100     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4101       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4102     // Restrict is covered above.
4103     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4104       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4105     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4106       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4107   }
4108 
4109   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4110   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4111   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4112   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4113     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4114     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4115         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4116         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4117         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4118         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4119       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
4120            attrs = attrs->getNext())
4121         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4122             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4123     }
4124   }
4125 
4126   return TagD;
4127 }
4128 
4129 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4130 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4131 ///
4132 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4133 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4134                                          Scope *S,
4135                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4136                                          DeclarationName Name,
4137                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4138                                          bool IsUnion) {
4139   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4140                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4141   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4142 
4143   // Pick a representative declaration.
4144   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4145   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4146 
4147   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4148     return false;
4149 
4150   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4151     << IsUnion << Name;
4152   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4153 
4154   return true;
4155 }
4156 
4157 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4158 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4159 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4160 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4161 /// struct, e.g.,
4162 ///
4163 /// @code
4164 /// union {
4165 ///   int i;
4166 ///   float f;
4167 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4168 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4169 /// @endcode
4170 ///
4171 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4172 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4173 static bool
4174 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4175                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4176                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4177   bool Invalid = false;
4178 
4179   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4180   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4181     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4182         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4183       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4184       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4185                                        VD->getLocation(),
4186                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4187         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4188         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4189         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4190         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4191         Invalid = true;
4192       } else {
4193         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4194         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4195         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4196         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4197         //   anonymous union is declared.
4198         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4199         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4200           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4201         else
4202           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4203 
4204         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4205         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4206           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4207         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4208           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4209 
4210         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4211             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4212             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4213 
4214         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4215           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4216 
4217         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4218         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4219         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4220 
4221         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4222         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4223 
4224         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4225       }
4226     }
4227   }
4228 
4229   return Invalid;
4230 }
4231 
4232 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4233 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4234 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4235 static StorageClass
4236 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4237   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4238   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4239          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4240   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4241   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4242   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4243     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4244       return SC_None;
4245     return SC_Extern;
4246   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4247   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4248   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4249   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4250     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4251   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4252   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4253   }
4254   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4255 }
4256 
4257 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4258   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4259 
4260   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4261     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4262     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4263       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4264     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4265       return FD->getLocation();
4266   }
4267 
4268   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4269 }
4270 
4271 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4272                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4273   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4274     return;
4275 
4276   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4277   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4278 }
4279 
4280 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4281                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4282   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4283     return;
4284 
4285   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4286 }
4287 
4288 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4289 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4290 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4291 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4292 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4293                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4294                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4295                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4296   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4297 
4298   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4299   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4300     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4301   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4302     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4303   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4304     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4305 
4306   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4307   // structs/unions.
4308   bool Invalid = false;
4309   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4310     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4311     unsigned DiagID;
4312     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4313       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4314       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4315       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4316       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4317           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4318            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4319             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4320         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4321           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4322 
4323         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4324         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4325                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4326       }
4327       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4328       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4329       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4330       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4331                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4332         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4333              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4334           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4335 
4336         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4337         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4338                                SourceLocation(),
4339                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4340       }
4341     }
4342 
4343     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4344     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4345       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4346         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4347           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4348           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4349       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4350         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4351              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4352           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4353           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4354       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4355         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4356              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4357           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4358           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4359       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4360         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4361              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4362           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4363           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4364       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4365         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4366              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4367           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4368           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4369 
4370       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4371     }
4372 
4373     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4374     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4375     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4376     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4377     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4378       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4379         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4380         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4381         //   members (clause 11).
4382         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4383         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4384           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4385             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4386           Invalid = true;
4387         }
4388 
4389         // C++ [class.union]p1
4390         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4391         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4392         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4393         //   array of such objects.
4394         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4395           Invalid = true;
4396       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4397         // Any implicit members are fine.
4398       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4399         // This is a type that showed up in an
4400         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4401         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4402         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4403       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4404         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4405             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4406           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4407           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4408             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4409               << Record->isUnion();
4410           else {
4411             // This is a nested type declaration.
4412             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4413               << Record->isUnion();
4414             Invalid = true;
4415           }
4416         } else {
4417           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4418           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4419           // not part of standard C++.
4420           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4421                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4422             << Record->isUnion();
4423         }
4424       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4425         // Any access specifier is fine.
4426       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4427         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4428       } else {
4429         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4430         // member. Complain about it.
4431         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4432         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4433           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4434         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4435           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4436         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4437           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4438 
4439         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4440         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4441             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4442           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4443             << Record->isUnion();
4444         else {
4445           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4446           Invalid = true;
4447         }
4448       }
4449     }
4450 
4451     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4452     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4453     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4454     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4455         Owner->isRecord())
4456       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4457                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4458   }
4459 
4460   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4461     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4462       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4463     Invalid = true;
4464   }
4465 
4466   // Mock up a declarator.
4467   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4468   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4469   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4470 
4471   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4472   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4473   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4474     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4475                              DS.getLocStart(),
4476                              Record->getLocation(),
4477                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4478                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4479                              TInfo,
4480                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4481                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4482     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4483     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4484       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4485   } else {
4486     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4487     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4488     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4489       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4490       // an error here
4491       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4492       Invalid = true;
4493       SC = SC_None;
4494     }
4495 
4496     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4497                            DS.getLocStart(),
4498                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4499                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4500                            TInfo, SC);
4501 
4502     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4503     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4504     // initializer:
4505     //   union { int n = 0; };
4506     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4507   }
4508   Anon->setImplicit();
4509 
4510   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4511   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4512 
4513   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4514   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4515   // its members.
4516   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4517 
4518   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4519   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4520   // purposes.
4521   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4522   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4523 
4524   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
4525     Invalid = true;
4526 
4527   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4528     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4529       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4530       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4531               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4532         Context.setManglingNumber(
4533             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4534                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4535         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4536       }
4537     }
4538   }
4539 
4540   if (Invalid)
4541     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4542 
4543   return Anon;
4544 }
4545 
4546 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4547 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4548 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4549 /// Example:
4550 ///
4551 /// struct A { int a; };
4552 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4553 ///
4554 /// void foo() {
4555 ///   B var;
4556 ///   var.a = 3;
4557 /// }
4558 ///
4559 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4560                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4561   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4562 
4563   // Mock up a declarator.
4564   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4565   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4566   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4567 
4568   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4569   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4570 
4571   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4572   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4573                              ParentDecl,
4574                              DS.getLocStart(),
4575                              DS.getLocStart(),
4576                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4577                              RecTy,
4578                              TInfo,
4579                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4580                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4581   Anon->setImplicit();
4582 
4583   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4584   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4585 
4586   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4587   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4588   // purposes.
4589   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4590   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4591 
4592   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4593   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4594                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4595       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4596                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
4597     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4598     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4599   }
4600 
4601   return Anon;
4602 }
4603 
4604 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4605 /// given Declarator.
4606 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4607   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4608 }
4609 
4610 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4611 DeclarationNameInfo
4612 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4613   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4614   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4615 
4616   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4617 
4618   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4619   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4620     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4621     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4622     return NameInfo;
4623 
4624   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4625     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4626                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4627     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4628     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4629       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4630     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4631       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4632     return NameInfo;
4633 
4634   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4635     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4636                                                            Name.Identifier));
4637     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4638     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4639     return NameInfo;
4640 
4641   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4642     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4643     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4644     if (Ty.isNull())
4645       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4646     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4647                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4648     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4649     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4650     return NameInfo;
4651   }
4652 
4653   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4654     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4655     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4656     if (Ty.isNull())
4657       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4658     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4659                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4660     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4661     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4662     return NameInfo;
4663   }
4664 
4665   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4666     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4667     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4668     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4669     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4670     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4671       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4672 
4673     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4674     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4675 
4676     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4677     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4678     // was qualified.
4679 
4680     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4681                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4682     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4683     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4684     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4685     return NameInfo;
4686   }
4687 
4688   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4689     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4690     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4691     if (Ty.isNull())
4692       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4693     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4694                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4695     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4696     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4697     return NameInfo;
4698   }
4699 
4700   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4701     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4702     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4703     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4704   }
4705 
4706   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4707 
4708   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4709 }
4710 
4711 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4712   do {
4713     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4714       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4715     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4716       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4717     else
4718       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4719   } while (true);
4720 }
4721 
4722 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4723 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4724 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4725 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4726 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4727 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4728 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4729 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4730                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4731                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4732                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4733   Params.clear();
4734   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4735     return false;
4736   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4737     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4738     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4739 
4740     // The parameter types are identical
4741     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4742       continue;
4743 
4744     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4745     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4746     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4747     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4748 
4749     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4750         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4751       Params.push_back(Idx);
4752     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4753       return false;
4754   }
4755 
4756   return true;
4757 }
4758 
4759 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4760 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4761 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4762 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4763 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4764 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4765                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4766   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4767   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4768   //   - types which will become injected class names
4769   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4770   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4771   // few cases here.
4772 
4773   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4774   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4775   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4776   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4777   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4778   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4779     // Grab the type from the parser.
4780     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4781     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4782     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4783 
4784     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4785     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4786     // attached already.
4787     if (!TSI)
4788       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4789 
4790     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4791     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4792     if (!TSI) return true;
4793 
4794     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4795     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4796     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4797     break;
4798   }
4799 
4800   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4801   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4802     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4803     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4804     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4805     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4806     break;
4807   }
4808 
4809   default:
4810     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4811     break;
4812   }
4813 
4814   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4815   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4816     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4817 
4818     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4819     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4820     // pointer.
4821     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4822       continue;
4823 
4824     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4825     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4826     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4827       return true;
4828   }
4829 
4830   return false;
4831 }
4832 
4833 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4834   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4835   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4836 
4837   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4838       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4839     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4840 
4841   return Dcl;
4842 }
4843 
4844 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4845 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4846 ///   name different from T:
4847 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4848 ///     - every member function of class T
4849 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4850 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4851 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4852                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4853   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4854 
4855   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4856   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
4857     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
4858   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4859     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4860     return true;
4861   }
4862 
4863   return false;
4864 }
4865 
4866 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4867 /// nested-name-specifier.
4868 ///
4869 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4870 ///
4871 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4872 /// resolves.
4873 ///
4874 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4875 ///
4876 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4877 ///
4878 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4879 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4880                                         DeclarationName Name,
4881                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4882   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4883   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4884     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4885 
4886   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4887   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4888   //
4889   // class X {
4890   //   void X::f();
4891   // };
4892   //
4893   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4894   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4895   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4896     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4897       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4898                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4899         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4900       SS.clear();
4901     } else {
4902       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4903     }
4904     return false;
4905   }
4906 
4907   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4908   // declaration.
4909   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4910     if (Cur->isRecord())
4911       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4912         << Name << SS.getRange();
4913     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4914       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4915         << Name << SS.getRange();
4916     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4917       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4918         << Name << SS.getRange();
4919     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4920       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4921         << Name << SS.getRange();
4922     else
4923       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4924       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4925 
4926     return true;
4927   }
4928 
4929   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4930     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4931     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4932       << Name << SS.getRange();
4933     SS.clear();
4934 
4935     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4936     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4937     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4938     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4939          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4940         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4941                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4942       return true;
4943 
4944     return false;
4945   }
4946 
4947   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4948   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4949   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4950   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4951   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4952     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4953   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4954         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4955     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4956       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4957 
4958   return false;
4959 }
4960 
4961 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4962                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4963   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4964   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4965   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4966 
4967   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4968   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4969   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
4970     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
4971   } else if (!Name) {
4972     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4973       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4974            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4975         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4976     return nullptr;
4977   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4978     return nullptr;
4979 
4980   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4981   // we find one that is.
4982   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4983          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4984     S = S->getParent();
4985 
4986   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4987   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4988     D.setInvalidType();
4989   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4990     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4991                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4992       return nullptr;
4993 
4994     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4995     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4996     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4997       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4998       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4999       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5000       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5001       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5002            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5003         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5004         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5005       return nullptr;
5006     }
5007     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5008 
5009     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5010         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5011       return nullptr;
5012 
5013     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5014     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5015       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5016            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5017         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5018       return nullptr;
5019     }
5020     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5021       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
5022                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
5023         if (DC->isRecord())
5024           return nullptr;
5025 
5026         D.setInvalidType();
5027       }
5028     }
5029 
5030     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5031     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5032     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5033         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5034       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5035       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5036         D.setInvalidType();
5037     }
5038   }
5039 
5040   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5041   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5042 
5043   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5044     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
5045     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
5046     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
5047     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5048       return nullptr;
5049 
5050   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5051                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5052     D.setInvalidType();
5053 
5054   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5055                         ForRedeclaration);
5056 
5057   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5058   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5059     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5060     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5061 
5062     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5063     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5064     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5065     //
5066     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5067     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5068     // the same name.
5069     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5070       /* Do nothing*/;
5071     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5072              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5073               R->isFunctionType())) {
5074       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5075       CreateBuiltins =
5076           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5077     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5078                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5079       CreateBuiltins = true;
5080 
5081     if (IsLinkageLookup)
5082       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5083 
5084     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5085   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5086     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5087 
5088     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5089     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5090     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5091     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5092     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5093     //  thereof; [...]
5094     //
5095     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5096     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5097     // we want to match. For example, given:
5098     //
5099     //   class X {
5100     //     void f();
5101     //     void f(float);
5102     //   };
5103     //
5104     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5105     //
5106     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5107     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5108     // matches.
5109 
5110     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5111     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5112     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5113     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5114     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5115   }
5116 
5117   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5118       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5119     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5120     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5121       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5122                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5123 
5124     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5125     Previous.clear();
5126   }
5127 
5128   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5129   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5130   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
5131   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
5132   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5133       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5134     Previous.clear();
5135 
5136   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5137   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5138   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5139     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5140 
5141   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5142     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
5143     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
5144     // template, declared in namespace scope
5145     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5146       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5147            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5148       return nullptr;
5149     }
5150 
5151     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5152       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5153            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
5154       return nullptr;
5155     }
5156   }
5157 
5158   NamedDecl *New;
5159 
5160   bool AddToScope = true;
5161   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5162     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5163       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5164       return nullptr;
5165     }
5166 
5167     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5168   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5169     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5170                                   TemplateParamLists,
5171                                   AddToScope);
5172   } else {
5173     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5174                                   AddToScope);
5175   }
5176 
5177   if (!New)
5178     return nullptr;
5179 
5180   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5181   // add it to the scope stack.
5182   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) {
5183     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
5184     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
5185     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
5186     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
5187     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
5188     if (!AddToContext)
5189       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
5190   }
5191 
5192   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5193     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5194 
5195   return New;
5196 }
5197 
5198 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5199 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5200 /// GCC compatibility).
5201 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5202                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5203                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5204                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5205   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5206   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5207   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5208   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5209   SizeIsNegative = false;
5210   Oversized = 0;
5211 
5212   if (T->isDependentType())
5213     return QualType();
5214 
5215   QualifierCollector Qs;
5216   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5217 
5218   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5219     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5220     QualType FixedType =
5221         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5222                                             Oversized);
5223     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5224     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5225     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5226   }
5227   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5228     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5229     QualType FixedType =
5230         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5231                                             Oversized);
5232     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5233     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5234     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5235   }
5236 
5237   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5238   if (!VLATy)
5239     return QualType();
5240   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5241   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5242     return QualType();
5243 
5244   llvm::APSInt Res;
5245   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5246       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5247     return QualType();
5248 
5249   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5250   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5251     SizeIsNegative = true;
5252     return QualType();
5253   }
5254 
5255   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5256   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5257     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5258                                               Res);
5259   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5260     Oversized = Res;
5261     return QualType();
5262   }
5263 
5264   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5265                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5266 }
5267 
5268 static void
5269 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5270   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5271   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5272   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5273     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5274     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5275                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5276     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5277     return;
5278   }
5279   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5280     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5281     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5282                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5283     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5284     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5285     return;
5286   }
5287   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5288   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5289   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5290   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5291   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5292   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5293   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5294   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5295 }
5296 
5297 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5298 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5299 /// GCC compatibility).
5300 static TypeSourceInfo*
5301 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5302                                               ASTContext &Context,
5303                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5304                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5305   QualType FixedTy
5306     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5307                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5308   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5309     return nullptr;
5310   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5311   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5312                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5313   return FixedTInfo;
5314 }
5315 
5316 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5317 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5318 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5319 /// function-scope declarations.
5320 void
5321 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5322   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5323       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5324     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5325     return;
5326 
5327   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5328   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5329 }
5330 
5331 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5332   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5333   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5334   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5335 }
5336 
5337 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5338 /// does not identify a function.
5339 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5340   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5341   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5342   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5343     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5344          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5345 
5346   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5347     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5348          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5349 
5350   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5351     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5352          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5353 }
5354 
5355 NamedDecl*
5356 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5357                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5358   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5359   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5360     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5361       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5362     D.setInvalidType();
5363     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5364     DC = CurContext;
5365     Previous.clear();
5366   }
5367 
5368   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5369 
5370   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5371     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5372         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
5373   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5374     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5375       << 1;
5376   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5377     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5378          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5379 
5380   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5381     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5382       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5383     return nullptr;
5384   }
5385 
5386   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5387   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5388 
5389   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5390   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5391 
5392   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5393 
5394   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5395   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5396   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5397   return ND;
5398 }
5399 
5400 void
5401 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5402   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5403   // then it shall have block scope.
5404   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5405   // that redeclarations will match.
5406   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5407   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5408   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5409     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5410 
5411     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5412       bool SizeIsNegative;
5413       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5414       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5415         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5416                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5417                                                       Oversized);
5418       if (FixedTInfo) {
5419         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5420         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5421       } else {
5422         if (SizeIsNegative)
5423           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5424         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5425           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5426         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5427           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5428             << Oversized.toString(10);
5429         else
5430           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5431         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5432       }
5433     }
5434   }
5435 }
5436 
5437 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5438 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5439 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5440 NamedDecl*
5441 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5442                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5443   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5444   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5445   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5446                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5447   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5448   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5449     Redeclaration = true;
5450     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5451   }
5452 
5453   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5454   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5455     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5456         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5457       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5458         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5459       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5460         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5461       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5462         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5463       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5464         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5465     }
5466 
5467   return NewTD;
5468 }
5469 
5470 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5471 /// previous declaration.
5472 ///
5473 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5474 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5475 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5476 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5477 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5478 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5479 ///
5480 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5481 /// lookup
5482 ///
5483 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5484 /// declared.
5485 ///
5486 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5487 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5488 static bool
5489 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5490                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5491   if (!PrevDecl)
5492     return false;
5493 
5494   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5495     return false;
5496 
5497   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5498     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5499     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5500     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5501     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5502     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5503     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5504     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5505     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5506       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5507       return false;
5508 
5509     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5510     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5511       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5512       return false;
5513 
5514     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5515     // previous declarations.
5516     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5517     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5518 
5519     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5520     // isn't the same function.
5521     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5522       return false;
5523   }
5524 
5525   return true;
5526 }
5527 
5528 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5529   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5530   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5531   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5532 }
5533 
5534 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5535   QualType type = decl->getType();
5536   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5537   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5538     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5539     unsigned kind = -1U;
5540     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5541       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5542         kind = 0; // __block
5543       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5544         kind = 1; // global
5545     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5546       kind = 3; // ivar
5547     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5548       kind = 2; // field
5549     }
5550 
5551     if (kind != -1U) {
5552       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5553         << kind;
5554     }
5555   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5556     // Try to infer lifetime.
5557     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5558       return false;
5559 
5560     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5561     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5562     decl->setType(type);
5563   }
5564 
5565   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5566     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5567     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5568         var->getTLSKind()) {
5569       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5570         << var->getType();
5571       return true;
5572     }
5573   }
5574 
5575   return false;
5576 }
5577 
5578 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5579   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5580   // the wrong linkage.
5581   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5582 
5583   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5584   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5585     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5586       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5587       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5588     }
5589   }
5590   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5591     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5592       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5593       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5594       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5595     }
5596   }
5597 
5598   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5599     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5600       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5601         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5602                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5603         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
5604         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5605       }
5606     }
5607   }
5608 
5609   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5610   // It does not apply to functions.
5611   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5612     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5613       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5614              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5615       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5616     }
5617   }
5618 
5619   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5620     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5621     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5622     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5623     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5624       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5625         << &ND << Attr;
5626       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5627     }
5628   }
5629 
5630   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5631   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5632     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5633       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5634         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5635                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5636             << Attr;
5637         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5638       }
5639 }
5640 
5641 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5642                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5643                                            bool IsSpecialization,
5644                                            bool IsDefinition) {
5645   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5646     return;
5647 
5648   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5649     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5650     if (!IsSpecialization)
5651       IsDefinition = false;
5652   }
5653   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5654     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5655 
5656   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5657     return;
5658 
5659   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5660   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5661   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5662   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5663 
5664   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5665   // inherited attribute instances.
5666   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5667                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5668 
5669   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5670   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5671   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5672   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5673   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5674 
5675   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5676     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5677     bool JustWarn = false;
5678     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5679       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5680       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5681         JustWarn = true;
5682       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5683       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5684         JustWarn = true;
5685     }
5686 
5687     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5688     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5689     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5690     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5691       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5692         JustWarn = false;
5693 
5694     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5695                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5696     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5697         << NewDecl
5698         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5699     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5700     if (!JustWarn) {
5701       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5702       return;
5703     }
5704   }
5705 
5706   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5707   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5708   // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case,
5709   // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport.
5710   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5711   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
5712   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5713     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5714     // separately.
5715     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5716     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
5717                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
5718   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5719     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5720     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5721                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5722   }
5723 
5724   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5725       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5726     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
5727       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5728              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
5729           << NewDecl;
5730       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5731       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5732       NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr(
5733           NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context,
5734           NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex()));
5735     } else {
5736       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5737              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5738           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5739       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5740       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5741       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5742       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5743     }
5744   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
5745     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5746     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5747     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5748     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5749            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5750         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5751   }
5752 }
5753 
5754 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5755 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5756 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5757 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5758   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5759 
5760   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5761   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5762 
5763   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5764   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5765     return false;
5766 
5767   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5768   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5769 }
5770 
5771 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5772 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5773 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5774 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5775 ///
5776 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5777 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5778 ///
5779 /// For instance:
5780 ///
5781 ///   auto x = []{};
5782 ///
5783 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5784 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5785 ///
5786 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5787 template<typename T>
5788 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5789   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5790     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5791     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5792       return false;
5793 
5794     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
5795     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
5796                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
5797       return false;
5798   }
5799   return D->isExternC();
5800 }
5801 
5802 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5803   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5804   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5805     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5806   if (DC->isFileContext())
5807     return true;
5808   if (DC->isRecord())
5809     return false;
5810   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5811 }
5812 
5813 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5814   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5815   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
5816       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5817     return true;
5818   if (DC->isRecord())
5819     return false;
5820   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5821 }
5822 
5823 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5824                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5825   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5826     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5827       return true;
5828   return false;
5829 }
5830 
5831 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5832                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5833   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5834   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5835     return true;
5836 
5837   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5838   // position to the decl itself.
5839   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5840     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5841       return true;
5842   }
5843 
5844   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5845   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5846 }
5847 
5848 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5849 /// function-local external declaration.
5850 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5851   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5852     return false;
5853 
5854   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5855   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5856   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5857   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5858     return true;
5859 
5860   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5861   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5862   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5863   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5864   //
5865   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5866   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5867   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5868     DC = DC->getParent();
5869   return true;
5870 }
5871 
5872 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5873 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5874   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5875     return FD->isExternC();
5876   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5877     return VD->isExternC();
5878 
5879   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5880 }
5881 
5882 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
5883     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5884     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5885     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
5886   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5887   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5888 
5889   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5890 
5891   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5892     AddToScope = false;
5893     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
5894     // purposes.
5895     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
5896     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
5897       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
5898       Name = II;
5899     }
5900   } else if (!II) {
5901     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5902       << Name;
5903     return nullptr;
5904   }
5905 
5906   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5907     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
5908     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
5909     // argument.
5910     if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
5911       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5912            diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
5913           << R;
5914       D.setInvalidType();
5915       return nullptr;
5916     }
5917 
5918     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
5919     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5920     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
5921     // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope.
5922     if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
5923       if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
5924         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5925              diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R;
5926         D.setInvalidType();
5927         return nullptr;
5928       }
5929     }
5930 
5931     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5932     QualType NR = R;
5933     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5934       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5935         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5936         D.setInvalidType();
5937         break;
5938       }
5939       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5940     }
5941 
5942     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5943       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5944       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5945       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5946         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5947         D.setInvalidType();
5948       }
5949     }
5950 
5951     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5952     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5953     // space qualifiers.
5954     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5955       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5956       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5957     }
5958 
5959     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
5960     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5961     // address space qualifiers.
5962     if (R->isEventT()) {
5963       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5964         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5965         D.setInvalidType();
5966       }
5967     }
5968   }
5969 
5970   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5971   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5972 
5973   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5974   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5975   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5976       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5977       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5978     SC = SC_Extern;
5979 
5980   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5981   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5982                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5983 
5984   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5985     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5986     // an error here
5987     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5988     D.setInvalidType();
5989     SC = SC_None;
5990   }
5991 
5992   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5993       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5994                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5995     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5996     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5997     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5998     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5999          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6000                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6001       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6002   }
6003 
6004   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6005 
6006   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6007     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6008     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6009     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6010     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6011       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6012       D.setInvalidType();
6013     }
6014   }
6015 
6016   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
6017   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6018   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6019   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6020   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6021   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6022   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6023   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6024     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6025                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6026                             R, TInfo, SC);
6027 
6028     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6029       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6030 
6031     if (D.isInvalidType())
6032       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6033   } else {
6034     bool Invalid = false;
6035 
6036     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6037       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6038       switch (SC) {
6039       case SC_None:
6040         break;
6041       case SC_Static:
6042         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6043              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6044           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6045         break;
6046       case SC_Auto:
6047       case SC_Register:
6048       case SC_Extern:
6049         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6050         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6051         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6052         // of class members
6053 
6054         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6055              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6056           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6057         break;
6058       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6059         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6060       }
6061     }
6062 
6063     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6064       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6065         if (RD->isLocalClass())
6066           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6067                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6068             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6069 
6070         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6071         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6072         if (RD->isUnion())
6073           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6074                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6075                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6076                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6077         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6078         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6079           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6080                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6081             << Name << RD->isUnion();
6082       }
6083     }
6084 
6085     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6086     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6087     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6088         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6089         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6090         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6091             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6092             : nullptr,
6093         TemplateParamLists,
6094         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
6095 
6096     if (TemplateParams) {
6097       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6098           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6099         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6100         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6101         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6102              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6103           << II
6104           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6105                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6106         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6107       } else {
6108         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6109           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6110           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6111           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6112           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6113         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6114           // This is a template declaration.
6115           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6116 
6117           // Check that we can declare a template here.
6118           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6119             return nullptr;
6120 
6121           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6122           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6123                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6124                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6125                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6126         }
6127       }
6128     } else {
6129       assert(
6130           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
6131           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6132     }
6133 
6134     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6135       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6136           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6137               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6138               : SourceLocation();
6139       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6140           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6141           IsPartialSpecialization);
6142       if (Res.isInvalid())
6143         return nullptr;
6144       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6145       AddToScope = false;
6146     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6147       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6148                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6149                                         Bindings);
6150     } else
6151       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6152                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6153 
6154     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6155     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6156       NewTemplate =
6157           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6158                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
6159       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6160     }
6161 
6162     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6163     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6164     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6165       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6166 
6167     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6168       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6169       if (NewTemplate)
6170         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6171     }
6172 
6173     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
6174 
6175     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6176     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6177     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6178     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6179       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6180           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6181 
6182     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6183       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6184       // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6185       //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6186       //   implicitly an inline variable.
6187       if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
6188         NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6189     }
6190 
6191     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
6192       if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6193         VTD->setConcept();
6194 
6195       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
6196       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
6197       // specifiers, [...]
6198       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
6199         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6200              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6201             << 0 << 0;
6202         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6203       }
6204 
6205       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6206         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6207              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6208             << 0 << 3;
6209         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6210       }
6211 
6212       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
6213       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
6214       // template, declared in namespace scope.
6215       if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6216         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
6217              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization)
6218             << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1);
6219       }
6220 
6221       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the
6222       // following restrictions:
6223       // - The declared type shall have the type bool.
6224       if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) &&
6225           !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6226         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl);
6227         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6228       }
6229     }
6230   }
6231 
6232   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6233     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6234       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6235           << 0;
6236     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6237       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6238       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6239            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6240         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6241     } else {
6242       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6243            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6244                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6245       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6246     }
6247   }
6248 
6249   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6250   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6251   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6252   if (NewTemplate)
6253     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6254 
6255   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6256     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6257       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6258         B->setLocalExternDecl();
6259     else
6260       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6261   }
6262 
6263   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6264   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6265     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6266     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6267     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6268     //   explicitly.
6269     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6270     //   'extern'.
6271     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6272         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6273          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6274          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6275       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6276            diag::err_thread_non_global)
6277         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6278     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6279       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6280         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6281         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6282         // error should be ignored.
6283         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6284         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6285         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6286         // to emit any code for it.
6287         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6288       } else
6289         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6290              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6291     } else
6292       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6293   }
6294 
6295   // C99 6.7.4p3
6296   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6297   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6298   //   thread storage duration...
6299   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6300   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
6301   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6302   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
6303   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6304   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6305       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6306     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6307     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6308       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6309            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6310       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6311     }
6312   }
6313 
6314   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6315     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6316       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6317           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6318           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6319                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6320     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
6321       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6322         << 2
6323         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6324     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6325       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6326         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6327         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6328         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6329     else {
6330       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6331       if (NewTemplate)
6332         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6333       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6334         B->setModulePrivate();
6335     }
6336   }
6337 
6338   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6339   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6340 
6341   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6342     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6343       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6344            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6345     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6346     // storage [duration]."
6347     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6348         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6349          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6350       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6351     }
6352   }
6353 
6354   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6355   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6356   // check the VarDecl itself.
6357   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6358          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6359          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6360 
6361   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6362   // retainable type.
6363   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6364     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6365 
6366   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6367   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6368     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6369     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6370     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6371     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6372       switch (SC) {
6373       case SC_None:
6374       case SC_Auto:
6375         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6376         break;
6377       case SC_Register:
6378         // Local Named register
6379         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6380             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6381           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6382         break;
6383       case SC_Static:
6384       case SC_Extern:
6385       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6386         break;
6387       }
6388     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6389       // Global Named register
6390       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6391         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6392         bool HasSizeMismatch;
6393 
6394         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6395           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6396         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6397                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
6398                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
6399           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6400         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6401           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6402       }
6403 
6404       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6405         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6406         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6407       }
6408     }
6409 
6410     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6411                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6412   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6413     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6414       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6415     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6416       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6417         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6418         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6419       } else
6420         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6421             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6422     }
6423   }
6424 
6425   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6426   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6427     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6428 
6429   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6430   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6431   // declaration has linkage).
6432   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6433                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6434                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6435                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6436 
6437   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6438   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6439   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6440       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6441     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6442         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6443         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6444 
6445   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6446     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6447   } else {
6448     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6449     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6450         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6451       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6452 
6453     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6454     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6455       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6456           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6457           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6458         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6459         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6460         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6461           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6462         Previous.clear();
6463         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6464       }
6465     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6466       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6467       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6468         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6469         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6470       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6471     }
6472 
6473     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6474       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6475 
6476     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...]
6477     // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a
6478     // concept definition.
6479     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization &&
6480         !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() &&
6481         Previous.isSingleResult()) {
6482       NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6483       if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) {
6484         if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) {
6485           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized)
6486               << 1                            /*variable*/
6487               << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/
6488                                           : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/);
6489           Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6490           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6491         }
6492       }
6493     }
6494 
6495     if (NewTemplate) {
6496       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6497           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6498               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6499               : nullptr;
6500 
6501       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6502       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6503       // template declaration.
6504       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6505               TemplateParams,
6506               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6507                               : nullptr,
6508               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6509                DC->isDependentContext())
6510                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6511                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6512         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6513 
6514       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6515       // template, make a note of that.
6516       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6517           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6518         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6519     }
6520   }
6521 
6522   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6523 
6524   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6525   // the map of such variables.
6526   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6527       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6528     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6529 
6530   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6531     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6532     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6533             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6534       Context.setManglingNumber(
6535           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6536                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6537       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6538     }
6539   }
6540 
6541   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6542   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6543       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6544       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6545 
6546     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6547     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6548     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6549       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6550 
6551     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6552     // behavior.
6553     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6554       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6555   }
6556 
6557   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6558     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6559         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6560         IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition());
6561   }
6562 
6563   if (NewTemplate) {
6564     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6565       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6566     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6567     return NewTemplate;
6568   }
6569 
6570   return NewVD;
6571 }
6572 
6573 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
6574 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field };
6575 
6576 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6577 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6578                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
6579   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
6580     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
6581   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
6582 }
6583 
6584 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
6585 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
6586 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6587                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
6588   for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
6589     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
6590       return Capture.getLocation();
6591   }
6592   return SourceLocation();
6593 }
6594 
6595 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6596 /// -Wshadow.
6597 ///
6598 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6599 /// scope.
6600 ///
6601 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6602 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6603 ///
6604 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6605   // Return if warning is ignored.
6606   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6607     return;
6608 
6609   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6610   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6611     return;
6612 
6613   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6614 
6615   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6616   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6617     return;
6618 
6619   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6620   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6621     return;
6622 
6623   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
6624     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6625     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6626       if (MD->isStatic())
6627         return;
6628 
6629     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
6630     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
6631     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
6632       // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
6633       // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
6634       D = D->getCanonicalDecl();
6635       ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD});
6636       return;
6637     }
6638   }
6639 
6640   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6641     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6642       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6643       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6644       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6645         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6646           ShadowedDecl = I;
6647           break;
6648         }
6649     }
6650 
6651   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6652 
6653   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
6654   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
6655   if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
6656     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
6657       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
6658         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
6659           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
6660           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
6661           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
6662           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
6663           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6664             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
6665         } else {
6666           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
6667           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
6668           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
6669               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
6670           return;
6671         }
6672       }
6673     }
6674   }
6675 
6676   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6677   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6678     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6679     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6680       return;
6681 
6682     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6683     // static data members from base classes?
6684 
6685     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6686     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6687     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6688   }
6689 
6690 
6691   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6692 
6693   // Emit warning and note.
6694   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6695     return;
6696   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
6697   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6698   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6699     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6700         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
6701   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6702 }
6703 
6704 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
6705 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
6706 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
6707   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
6708     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
6709     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
6710     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
6711     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6712     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
6713                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
6714                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
6715         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
6716         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
6717     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6718       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6719           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
6720     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6721   }
6722 }
6723 
6724 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6725 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6726   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6727     return;
6728 
6729   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6730                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6731   LookupName(R, S);
6732   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6733 }
6734 
6735 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
6736 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
6737 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6738   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
6739   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
6740     return;
6741   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6742   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6743   if (!DRE)
6744     return;
6745   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
6746   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
6747   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
6748     return;
6749   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
6750   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6751   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
6752   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
6753   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6754 
6755   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
6756   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
6757 }
6758 
6759 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6760 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6761 template<typename T>
6762 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6763     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6764   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6765   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6766 
6767   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6768     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6769     // declaration.
6770     return false;
6771   }
6772 
6773   if (Prev) {
6774     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6775       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6776       // redeclaration.
6777       Previous.clear();
6778       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6779       return true;
6780     }
6781 
6782     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6783     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6784     // declaration.
6785     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6786       return false;
6787   } else {
6788     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6789     // translation unit which might conflict.
6790     if (IsGlobal) {
6791       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6792       IsGlobal = false;
6793       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6794            I != E; ++I) {
6795         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6796           Prev = *I;
6797           break;
6798         }
6799       }
6800     } else {
6801       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6802           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6803       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6804            I != E; ++I) {
6805         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6806           Prev = *I;
6807           break;
6808         }
6809         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6810         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6811         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6812         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6813         // diagnostic.
6814       }
6815     }
6816 
6817     if (!Prev)
6818       return false;
6819   }
6820 
6821   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6822   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6823   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6824   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6825     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6826   else
6827     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6828 
6829   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6830     << IsGlobal << ND;
6831   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6832     << IsGlobal;
6833   return false;
6834 }
6835 
6836 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6837 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6838 ///
6839 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6840 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6841 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6842 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6843 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6844 template<typename T>
6845 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6846                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6847   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6848     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6849     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6850     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6851     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6852       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6853         Previous.clear();
6854         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6855         return true;
6856       }
6857     }
6858     return false;
6859   }
6860 
6861   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6862   // declaration.
6863   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6864     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6865 
6866   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6867   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6868   // in another scope.
6869   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6870     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6871 
6872   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6873   return false;
6874 }
6875 
6876 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6877   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6878   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6879     return;
6880 
6881   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6882   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6883 
6884   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6885   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6886     return;
6887 
6888   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6889     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6890 
6891   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6892     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6893       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6894     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6895     NewVD->setType(T);
6896   }
6897 
6898   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6899   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6900   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6901   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6902   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
6903       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6904     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6905     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6906     return;
6907   }
6908 
6909   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
6910   // scope.
6911   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
6912       !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers &&
6913       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6914     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6915     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6916     return;
6917   }
6918 
6919   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6920     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
6921     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6922       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
6923       return;
6924     }
6925 
6926     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
6927       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
6928       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
6929       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6930         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
6931             << 0 /*const*/;
6932         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6933         return;
6934       }
6935       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
6936         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
6937         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6938         return;
6939       }
6940     }
6941     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6942     // __constant address space.
6943     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
6944     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
6945     // address space.
6946     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
6947         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
6948       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
6949           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6950             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
6951              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
6952         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
6953         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
6954           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6955               << Scope << "global or constant";
6956         else
6957           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6958               << Scope << "constant";
6959         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6960         return;
6961       }
6962     } else {
6963       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6964         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6965             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
6966         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6967         return;
6968       }
6969       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
6970       // in functions.
6971       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6972           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
6973         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6974         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6975           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
6976             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6977                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
6978           else
6979             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6980                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
6981           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6982           return;
6983         }
6984       }
6985     }
6986   }
6987 
6988   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6989       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6990     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6991       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6992     else {
6993       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6994       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6995     }
6996   }
6997 
6998   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6999   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7000       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7001     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7002 
7003   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7004       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7005     bool SizeIsNegative;
7006     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7007     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
7008       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
7009                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7010     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7011       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7012       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7013       // int a[10][n];
7014       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7015 
7016       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7017         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7018         << SizeRange;
7019       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7020         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7021         << SizeRange;
7022       else
7023         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7024         << SizeRange;
7025       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7026       return;
7027     }
7028 
7029     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7030       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7031         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7032       else
7033         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7034       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7035       return;
7036     }
7037 
7038     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
7039     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
7040     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
7041   }
7042 
7043   if (T->isVoidType()) {
7044     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
7045     //                    of objects and functions.
7046     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7047       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
7048         << T;
7049       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7050       return;
7051     }
7052   }
7053 
7054   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7055     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7056     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7057     return;
7058   }
7059 
7060   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7061     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7062     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7063     return;
7064   }
7065 
7066   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7067       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7068                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7069     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7070     return;
7071   }
7072 }
7073 
7074 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7075 /// declaration.
7076 ///
7077 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7078 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7079 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7080 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7081 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7082 ///
7083 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7084 ///
7085 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7086 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7087   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7088 
7089   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7090   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7091     return false;
7092 
7093   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7094   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7095   if (Previous.empty() &&
7096       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7097     Previous.setShadowed();
7098 
7099   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7100     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7101     return true;
7102   }
7103   return false;
7104 }
7105 
7106 namespace {
7107 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7108   Sema *S;
7109   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7110 
7111   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7112   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7113   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7114   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7115     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7116         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7117 
7118     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7119 
7120     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7121     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7122       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7123       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7124       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7125 
7126       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7127     }
7128 
7129     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7130          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7131       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7132       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7133         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7134           return true;
7135       }
7136     }
7137 
7138     return false;
7139   }
7140 };
7141 
7142 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7143 } // end anonymous namespace
7144 
7145 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7146 /// overriden methods.
7147 ///
7148 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7149 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7150 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7151 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7152                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7153   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7154   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
7155                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
7156        I != E; ++I) {
7157     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7158     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7159     // out the diag loop 3 times.
7160     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7161         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
7162         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
7163       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7164   }
7165 }
7166 
7167 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7168 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7169 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7170   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7171   CXXBasePaths Paths;
7172   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7173   FOM.Method = MD;
7174   FOM.S = this;
7175   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7176   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7177   bool AddedAny = false;
7178   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7179     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7180       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7181         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7182         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7183             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7184             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7185             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7186           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7187           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7188           AddedAny = true;
7189         }
7190       }
7191     }
7192   }
7193 
7194   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7195     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7196   }
7197   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7198     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7199   }
7200 
7201   return AddedAny;
7202 }
7203 
7204 namespace {
7205   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7206   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7207   struct ActOnFDArgs {
7208     Scope *S;
7209     Declarator &D;
7210     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7211     bool AddToScope;
7212   };
7213 } // end anonymous namespace
7214 
7215 namespace {
7216 
7217 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7218 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7219 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7220  public:
7221   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7222                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7223       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7224         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7225 
7226   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7227     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7228       return false;
7229 
7230     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7231     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7232                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7233          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7234       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7235 
7236       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7237           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7238         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7239           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7240           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7241             return true;
7242         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7243           return true;
7244         }
7245       }
7246     }
7247 
7248     return false;
7249   }
7250 
7251  private:
7252   ASTContext &Context;
7253   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7254   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7255 };
7256 
7257 } // end anonymous namespace
7258 
7259 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7260 ///
7261 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7262 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7263 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7264 /// the same name.
7265 ///
7266 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7267 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7268 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7269     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7270     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7271   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7272   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7273   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7274   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7275   TypoCorrection Correction;
7276   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7277   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
7278                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7279   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7280                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7281                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7282                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
7283 
7284   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7285   if (IsLocalFriend)
7286     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7287   else
7288     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7289   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7290          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7291   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7292   if (!Prev.empty()) {
7293     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7294          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7295       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7296       if (FD &&
7297           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7298         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7299         // involve a parameter
7300         unsigned ParamNum =
7301             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7302         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7303       }
7304     }
7305   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7306   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7307                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7308                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7309                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
7310                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
7311                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7312     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7313     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7314                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7315     Previous.clear();
7316     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7317     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7318                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7319          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7320       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7321       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7322           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7323         Previous.addDecl(FD);
7324       }
7325     }
7326     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7327 
7328     NamedDecl *Result;
7329     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7330     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7331     {
7332       // Trap errors.
7333       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7334 
7335       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7336       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7337       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7338       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7339           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7340           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7341           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7342           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
7343 
7344       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
7345         Result = nullptr;
7346     }
7347 
7348     if (Result) {
7349       // Determine which correction we picked.
7350       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
7351       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7352            I != E; ++I)
7353         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
7354           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
7355 
7356       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
7357           Correction,
7358           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
7359                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
7360                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
7361             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
7362       return Result;
7363     }
7364 
7365     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
7366     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
7367                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7368     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
7369     Previous.clear();
7370     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
7371   }
7372 
7373   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
7374       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
7375 
7376   bool NewFDisConst = false;
7377   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7378     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
7379 
7380   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
7381        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
7382        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
7383     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
7384     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
7385     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
7386     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
7387 
7388     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
7389     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
7390       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
7391       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
7392       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
7393       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
7394                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
7395         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
7396         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
7397     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
7398       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
7399           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7400     } else
7401       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7402                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
7403                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
7404   }
7405   return nullptr;
7406 }
7407 
7408 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
7409   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
7410   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
7411   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
7412   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
7413   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
7414     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7415                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
7416     D.setInvalidType();
7417     break;
7418   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
7419   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
7420     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
7421       return SC_None;
7422     return SC_Extern;
7423   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
7424     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7425       // C99 6.7.1p5:
7426       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
7427       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
7428       //   other than extern
7429       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
7430       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7431                    diag::err_static_block_func);
7432       break;
7433     } else
7434       return SC_Static;
7435   }
7436   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
7437   }
7438 
7439   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
7440   return SC_None;
7441 }
7442 
7443 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
7444                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
7445                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7446                                            StorageClass SC,
7447                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7448   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7449   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7450 
7451   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7452   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7453 
7454   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7455     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7456     // prototype. This true when:
7457     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7458     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
7459     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
7460     bool HasPrototype =
7461       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7462       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7463 
7464     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7465                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7466                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
7467                                  HasPrototype, false);
7468     if (D.isInvalidType())
7469       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7470 
7471     return NewFD;
7472   }
7473 
7474   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7475   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7476 
7477   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7478   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7479   // the class has been completely parsed.
7480   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7481       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7482           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7483           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7484     D.setInvalidType();
7485 
7486   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7487     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7488     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7489            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7490 
7491     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7492     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7493                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7494                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7495                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7496                                       isConstexpr);
7497 
7498   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7499     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7500     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7501       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7502       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7503       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7504                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7505                                         D.getLocStart(),
7506                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7507                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7508 
7509       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7510       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7511       // it yet.
7512       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7513           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7514           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7515         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7516       }
7517 
7518       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7519       return NewDD;
7520 
7521     } else {
7522       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7523       D.setInvalidType();
7524 
7525       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7526       // code path.
7527       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7528                                   D.getLocStart(),
7529                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7530                                   SC, isInline,
7531                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7532     }
7533 
7534   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7535     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7536       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7537            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7538       return nullptr;
7539     }
7540 
7541     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7542     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7543     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7544                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7545                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7546                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7547 
7548   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7549     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7550     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7551     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7552     // constructor if it has no return type).
7553     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7554         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7555       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7556         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7557         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7558       return nullptr;
7559     }
7560 
7561     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7562     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7563                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7564                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7565                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7566                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7567     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7568     return Ret;
7569   } else {
7570     bool isFriend =
7571         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7572     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7573       return nullptr;
7574 
7575     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7576     // prototype. This true when:
7577     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7578     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7579                                 D.getLocStart(),
7580                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7581                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7582   }
7583 }
7584 
7585 enum OpenCLParamType {
7586   ValidKernelParam,
7587   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7588   PtrKernelParam,
7589   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7590   InvalidKernelParam,
7591   RecordKernelParam
7592 };
7593 
7594 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
7595   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7596     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7597     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7598       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7599     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7600                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7601   }
7602 
7603   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7604   // be used as builtin types.
7605 
7606   if (PT->isImageType())
7607     return PtrKernelParam;
7608 
7609   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7610     return InvalidKernelParam;
7611 
7612   if (PT->isEventT())
7613     return InvalidKernelParam;
7614 
7615   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
7616   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
7617   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
7618   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 && PT->isHalfType())
7619     return InvalidKernelParam;
7620 
7621   if (PT->isRecordType())
7622     return RecordKernelParam;
7623 
7624   return ValidKernelParam;
7625 }
7626 
7627 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7628   Sema &S,
7629   Declarator &D,
7630   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7631   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7632   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7633 
7634   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7635   // used again
7636   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7637     return;
7638 
7639   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
7640   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7641     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7642     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7643     // pointer to a pointer type.
7644     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7645     D.setInvalidType();
7646     return;
7647 
7648   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7649     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7650     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7651     // pointer to the private address space.
7652     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7653     D.setInvalidType();
7654     return;
7655 
7656     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7657     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7658     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7659     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7660     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7661 
7662   case InvalidKernelParam:
7663     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7664     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7665     // of event_t type.
7666     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
7667     // type for any function elsewhere.
7668     if (!PT->isHalfType())
7669       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7670     D.setInvalidType();
7671     return;
7672 
7673   case PtrKernelParam:
7674   case ValidKernelParam:
7675     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7676     return;
7677 
7678   case RecordKernelParam:
7679     break;
7680   }
7681 
7682   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7683   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7684 
7685   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7686   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7687   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7688   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7689 
7690   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7691   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7692 
7693   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7694 
7695   do {
7696     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7697     if (!Next) {
7698       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7699       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7700       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7701         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7702 
7703       continue;
7704     }
7705 
7706     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7707     // field itself) to the history stack.
7708     const RecordDecl *RD;
7709     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7710       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7711       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7712     } else {
7713       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7714     }
7715 
7716     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7717     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7718 
7719     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7720       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7721 
7722       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7723         continue;
7724 
7725       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
7726       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7727         continue;
7728 
7729       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7730         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7731         continue;
7732       }
7733 
7734       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7735       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7736       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7737       // union.
7738       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7739           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7740         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7741                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7742           << PT->isUnionType()
7743           << PT;
7744       } else {
7745         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7746       }
7747 
7748       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7749         << PD->getDeclName();
7750 
7751       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7752       // the offending field came from
7753       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7754                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7755                E = HistoryStack.end();
7756            I != E; ++I) {
7757         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7758         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7759           << OuterField->getType();
7760       }
7761 
7762       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7763         << QT->isPointerType()
7764         << QT;
7765       D.setInvalidType();
7766       return;
7767     }
7768   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7769 }
7770 
7771 NamedDecl*
7772 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7773                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7774                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7775                               bool &AddToScope) {
7776   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7777 
7778   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7779 
7780   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7781   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7782   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7783   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7784 
7785   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7786     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7787          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7788       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7789 
7790   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7791     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7792                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7793 
7794   bool isFriend = false;
7795   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7796   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7797   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7798 
7799   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7800   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7801   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7802 
7803   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7804 
7805   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7806   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7807 
7808   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7809                                               isVirtualOkay);
7810   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7811 
7812   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7813     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7814 
7815   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7816   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7817   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7818   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7819 
7820   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7821     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7822 
7823   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7824     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7825     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7826     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7827     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7828     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7829     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7830     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7831       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7832       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7833       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7834       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7835     }
7836 
7837     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7838     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7839     // return true).
7840     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7841           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7842       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7843         NewFD->setPure(true);
7844 
7845       // C++ [class.union]p2
7846       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7847       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7848         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7849     }
7850 
7851     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7852     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7853     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7854     if (D.isInvalidType())
7855       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7856 
7857     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7858     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7859     bool Invalid = false;
7860     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7861             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7862                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7863                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7864                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7865                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7866                     : nullptr,
7867                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7868                 Invalid)) {
7869       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7870         // This is a function template
7871 
7872         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7873         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7874           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7875 
7876         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7877         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7878           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7879           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7880         }
7881 
7882         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7883         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7884         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7885         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7886           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7887           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7888             Invalid = true;
7889         }
7890 
7891         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7892                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7893                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7894                                                         NewFD);
7895         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7896         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7897 
7898         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7899         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7900           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7901                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7902         }
7903       } else {
7904         // This is a function template specialization.
7905         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7906         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7907         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7908           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7909 
7910         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7911         if (isFriend) {
7912           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7913           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7914 
7915           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7916           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7917           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7918           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7919           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7920           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7921           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7922             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7923             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7924           }
7925 
7926           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7927             << Name << RemoveRange
7928             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7929             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7930         }
7931       }
7932     }
7933     else {
7934       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7935       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7936       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7937         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7938         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7939     }
7940 
7941     if (Invalid) {
7942       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7943       if (FunctionTemplate)
7944         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7945     }
7946 
7947     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7948     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7949     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7950     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7951     //
7952     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7953       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7954         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7955              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7956       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7957         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7958         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7959              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7960           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7961       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7962         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7963         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7964         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7965              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7966           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7967       } else {
7968         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7969         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7970       }
7971 
7972       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7973           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7974         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7975     }
7976 
7977     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7978         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7979          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7980         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7981       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7982       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7983       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7984       // thing to do.
7985       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7986       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7987       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7988           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7989       QualType Result =
7990           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7991       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7992                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7993     }
7994 
7995     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7996     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7997     //  declaration.
7998     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7999       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8000         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
8001         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8002              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
8003           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
8004       }
8005     }
8006 
8007     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
8008     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
8009     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
8010     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
8011     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8012       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8013         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
8014         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8015              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
8016           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8017       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
8018                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8019         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
8020         // or conversion function.
8021         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8022              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
8023           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8024       }
8025     }
8026 
8027     if (isConstexpr) {
8028       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
8029       // are implicitly inline.
8030       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8031 
8032       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
8033       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
8034       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
8035       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
8036         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
8037     }
8038 
8039     if (isConcept) {
8040       // This is a function concept.
8041       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8042         FTD->setConcept();
8043 
8044       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8045       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
8046       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8047         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8048              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
8049         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8050       }
8051 
8052       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
8053       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
8054       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
8055       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8056         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
8057           SourceRange Range;
8058           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
8059             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
8060           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
8061               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
8062           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8063         } else {
8064           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
8065         }
8066 
8067         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8068         // following restrictions:
8069         // - The declared return type shall have the type bool.
8070         if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) {
8071           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret);
8072           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8073         }
8074 
8075         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8076         // following restrictions:
8077         // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty
8078         //   parameter list.
8079         if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic())
8080           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params);
8081       }
8082 
8083       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
8084       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
8085       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8086 
8087       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
8088       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
8089       // specifiers, [...]
8090       if (isInline) {
8091         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8092              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8093             << 1 << 1;
8094         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8095       }
8096 
8097       if (isFriend) {
8098         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
8099              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8100             << 1 << 2;
8101         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8102       }
8103 
8104       if (isConstexpr) {
8105         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8106              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8107             << 1 << 3;
8108         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8109       }
8110 
8111       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8112       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
8113       // template, declared in namespace scope.
8114       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8115         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8116              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1;
8117         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8118         return NewFD;
8119       }
8120     }
8121 
8122     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8123     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8124       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8125         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8126           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8127         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8128           << 0
8129           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8130       } else {
8131         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8132         if (FunctionTemplate)
8133           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8134       }
8135     }
8136 
8137     if (isFriend) {
8138       if (FunctionTemplate) {
8139         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8140         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8141       }
8142       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8143       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8144     }
8145 
8146     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8147     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8148     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8149     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8150       case FDK_Declaration:
8151       case FDK_Definition:
8152         break;
8153 
8154       case FDK_Defaulted:
8155         NewFD->setDefaulted();
8156         break;
8157 
8158       case FDK_Deleted:
8159         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8160         break;
8161     }
8162 
8163     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8164         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8165       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8166       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8167       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8168       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8169     }
8170 
8171     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8172         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8173       // C++ [class.static]p1:
8174       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8175       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8176       //   the class.
8177 
8178       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8179       // member function definition.
8180       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8181            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8182         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8183     }
8184 
8185     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8186     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8187     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8188     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8189     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8190          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8191         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8192       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8193           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8194           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8195   }
8196 
8197   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8198   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8199                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8200                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
8201                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8202 
8203   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8204   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8205     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8206     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8207     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
8208                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
8209   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8210     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8211       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8212     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8213       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8214         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8215         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8216       } else
8217         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8218             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8219     }
8220   }
8221 
8222   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8223   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
8224   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8225   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
8226     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
8227 
8228     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8229     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8230     // single void argument.
8231     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8232     // already checks for that case.
8233     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8234       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8235         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8236         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8237         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8238         Params.push_back(Param);
8239 
8240         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8241           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8242       }
8243     }
8244   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8245     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8246     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8247     // parameters for use in the declaration.
8248     //
8249     // @code
8250     // typedef void fn(int);
8251     // fn f;
8252     // @endcode
8253 
8254     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8255     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8256       ParmVarDecl *Param =
8257           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8258       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8259       Params.push_back(Param);
8260     }
8261   } else {
8262     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8263            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8264   }
8265 
8266   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8267   NewFD->setParams(Params);
8268 
8269   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
8270   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
8271   //
8272   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
8273   //
8274   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
8275   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
8276   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
8277 
8278   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8279     NewFD->addAttr(
8280         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8281                                        Context, 0));
8282 
8283   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8284   // because all functions have linkage.
8285   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8286       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8287     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8288     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8289   }
8290 
8291   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8292   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8293       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8294     NewFD->addAttr(
8295         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8296                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8297                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
8298     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8299                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
8300                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
8301                      NewFD))
8302       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8303   }
8304 
8305   // Handle attributes.
8306   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
8307 
8308   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8309     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
8310     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
8311     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
8312     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
8313         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
8314         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
8315       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8316            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
8317       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8318     }
8319   }
8320 
8321   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8322     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8323     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
8324     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8325       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8326 
8327     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8328       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8329 
8330     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8331       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8332                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
8333     else if (!Previous.empty())
8334       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8335       D.setRedeclaration(true);
8336     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8337             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8338            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8339 
8340     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
8341     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
8342     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
8343     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
8344     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8345       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
8346       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
8347         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
8348         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
8349         int DiagID =
8350             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
8351         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
8352             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
8353       }
8354     }
8355   } else {
8356     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
8357     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
8358     //
8359     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
8360     //
8361     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
8362     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
8363     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
8364         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
8365         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8366       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8367            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
8368         << NewFD->getDeclName();
8369 
8370     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
8371     // argument list into our AST format.
8372     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8373       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
8374       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
8375       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8376       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
8377                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
8378       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
8379                                  TemplateArgs);
8380 
8381       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8382 
8383       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8384         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8385       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
8386         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
8387         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
8388           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8389 
8390         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8391       } else {
8392         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
8393                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
8394                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
8395         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
8396         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8397       }
8398     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8399       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
8400       // wrote something like:
8401       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
8402       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
8403       //   friend void foo<>(int);
8404       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
8405       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8406       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8407       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8408     }
8409 
8410     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
8411     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
8412     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
8413     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
8414     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
8415     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
8416     if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
8417       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
8418 
8419     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
8420     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
8421     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
8422     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
8423     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
8424     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
8425         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
8426          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
8427             TemplateArgs,
8428             InstantiationDependent))) {
8429       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
8430              "friend function specialization without template args");
8431       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
8432                                                        Previous))
8433         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8434     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8435       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
8436           && !isFriend) {
8437         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
8438         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
8439           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
8440           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
8441           << NewFD->getDeclName();
8442       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
8443                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
8444                                                            : nullptr),
8445                                                      Previous))
8446         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8447 
8448       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
8449       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
8450       //   specialization (14.7.3)
8451       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
8452           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
8453       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
8454         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
8455           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8456                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
8457             << SC
8458             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8459                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8460 
8461         else
8462           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8463                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
8464             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8465                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8466       }
8467     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8468       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
8469           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8470     }
8471 
8472     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8473     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8474       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8475         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8476 
8477       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8478         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8479 
8480       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8481         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8482                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
8483       else if (!Previous.empty())
8484         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8485         D.setRedeclaration(true);
8486     }
8487 
8488     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8489             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8490            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8491 
8492     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8493                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8494                                 : NewFD);
8495 
8496     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
8497       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8498       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8499         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8500 
8501       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8502       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8503     }
8504 
8505     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8506         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8507       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8508 
8509     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8510     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8511     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8512       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8513                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8514       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8515                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8516                                     : nullptr,
8517                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8518                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8519                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8520                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8521                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8522                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8523                                  DC->isDependentContext())
8524                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8525                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8526     }
8527 
8528     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8529       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8530     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8531       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8532                                        AddToScope };
8533       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8534       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8535         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8536 
8537       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8538       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8539         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8540         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8541 
8542         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8543         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8544         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8545         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8546         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8547         // can actually do this check immediately.
8548         if (isFriend &&
8549             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8550              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8551              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8552           // ignore these
8553         } else {
8554           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8555           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8556           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8557           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8558           //
8559           // class X {
8560           //   void f() const;
8561           // };
8562           //
8563           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8564           //
8565           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8566           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8567           // whether the parameter types are references).
8568 
8569           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8570                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8571             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8572             return Result;
8573           }
8574         }
8575 
8576         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8577         // to something.
8578       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8579         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8580                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8581           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8582           return Result;
8583         }
8584       }
8585     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8586                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8587                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8588                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8589       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8590       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8591       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8592       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8593       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8594       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8595       // generate them.
8596       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8597         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8598     }
8599   }
8600 
8601   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8602   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8603 
8604   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8605 
8606   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8607       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8608     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8609          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8610       << NewFD;
8611 
8612     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8613     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8614     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8615         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8616     EPI.Variadic = true;
8617     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8618 
8619     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8620     NewFD->setType(R);
8621   }
8622 
8623   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8624   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8625   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8626     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8627 
8628   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8629   // marking the function.
8630   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8631 
8632   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8633   // a pragma.
8634   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8635     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8636 
8637   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8638   // the map of such variables.
8639   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8640       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8641     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8642 
8643   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8644   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8645 
8646   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8647     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8648         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8649         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
8650         D.isFunctionDefinition());
8651   }
8652 
8653   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
8654     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
8655     if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8656         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8657       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8658         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8659 
8660       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8661     }
8662 
8663     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
8664     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
8665     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
8666     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
8667         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
8668          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
8669         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
8670           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
8671       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
8672     }
8673   }
8674 
8675   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8676     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8677       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8678         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8679       return FunctionTemplate;
8680     }
8681   }
8682 
8683   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8684     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8685     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8686         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8687       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8688       D.setInvalidType();
8689     }
8690 
8691     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8692     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8693       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8694       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8695           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8696                                 : FixItHint());
8697       D.setInvalidType();
8698     }
8699 
8700     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8701     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
8702       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8703   }
8704   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
8705     QualType PT = Param->getType();
8706 
8707     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
8708     // types.
8709     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
8710       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
8711         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
8712           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
8713             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
8714             D.setInvalidType();
8715           }
8716       }
8717     }
8718   }
8719 
8720   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8721 
8722   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8723   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8724   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8725   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8726     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8727                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8728                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8729                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8730                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8731     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8732     AddToScope = false;
8733   }
8734 
8735   return NewFD;
8736 }
8737 
8738 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
8739 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
8740 ///
8741 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
8742 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
8743 ///                 same declaration name.
8744 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
8745 ///          belongs to.
8746 ///
8747 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
8748   // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for
8749   // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in
8750   // namespace scope.
8751   //
8752   // This allows to compile code like:
8753   //
8754   //       void func();
8755   //       template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } };
8756   //       template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } };
8757   //
8758   // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated.
8759   return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8760            D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8761            D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None);
8762 }
8763 
8764 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8765 ///
8766 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8767 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8768 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8769 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8770 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8771 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8772 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8773 ///
8774 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8775 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8776 ///
8777 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8778 ///
8779 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8780 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8781                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8782                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8783   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8784          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8785 
8786   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8787   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8788   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8789   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8790                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8791 
8792   bool Redeclaration = false;
8793   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8794 
8795   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8796   // the same name, if appropriate.
8797   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8798     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8799     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8800     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8801     // function to the scope.
8802     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8803       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8804       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8805         Redeclaration = true;
8806         OldDecl = Candidate;
8807       }
8808     } else {
8809       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8810                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8811       case Ovl_Match:
8812         Redeclaration = true;
8813         break;
8814 
8815       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8816         Redeclaration = true;
8817         break;
8818 
8819       case Ovl_Overload:
8820         Redeclaration = false;
8821         break;
8822       }
8823 
8824       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8825         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8826         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8827         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8828           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8829         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8830         if (Redeclaration)
8831           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8832         else if (!Previous.empty())
8833           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8834         if (OverloadedDecl)
8835           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8836                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8837         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8838       }
8839     }
8840   }
8841 
8842   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8843   if (!Redeclaration &&
8844       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8845     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8846       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8847       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8848       Redeclaration = true;
8849       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8850       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8851 
8852       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8853       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8854         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8855           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8856             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8857           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8858                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8859           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8860         }
8861         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8862           Redeclaration = false;
8863           OldDecl = nullptr;
8864         }
8865       }
8866     }
8867   }
8868 
8869   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8870   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8871   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8872   //
8873   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8874   // definition of a static member function.
8875   //
8876   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8877   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8878   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8879   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8880       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8881       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8882     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8883     if (OldDecl)
8884       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8885     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8886       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8887         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8888       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8889       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8890       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8891                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8892 
8893       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8894       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8895       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8896         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8897         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8898                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8899           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8900 
8901         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8902           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8903       }
8904     }
8905   }
8906 
8907   if (Redeclaration) {
8908     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8909     // merged.
8910     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8911       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8912       return Redeclaration;
8913     }
8914 
8915     Previous.clear();
8916     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8917 
8918     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8919                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8920       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8921       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8922         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8923       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8924       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8925             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8926         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8927         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8928       }
8929 
8930       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8931       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8932       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8933           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8934         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8935         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8936         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
8937         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
8938         if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
8939           FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
8940               OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
8941           assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
8942           OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
8943         }
8944       }
8945 
8946     } else {
8947       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
8948         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8949         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8950         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8951           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8952       }
8953     }
8954   }
8955 
8956   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8957 
8958   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8959     // C++-specific checks.
8960     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8961       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8962     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8963                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8964       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8965       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8966 
8967       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8968       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8969       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8970         DeclarationName Name
8971           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8972                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8973         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8974           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8975           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8976           return Redeclaration;
8977         }
8978       }
8979     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8980                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8981       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8982     }
8983 
8984     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8985     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8986       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8987           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8988           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8989         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8990           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8991           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8992             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8993           }
8994         }
8995       }
8996 
8997       if (Method->isStatic())
8998         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8999     }
9000 
9001     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
9002     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
9003         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9004       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9005       return Redeclaration;
9006     }
9007 
9008     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
9009     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
9010         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9011       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9012       return Redeclaration;
9013     }
9014 
9015     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
9016     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
9017     // during delayed parsing anyway.
9018     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
9019       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
9020 
9021     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
9022     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
9023     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
9024       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9025       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
9026       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9027       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
9028         auto WithoutExceptionSpec = [&](QualType T) -> QualType {
9029           auto *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9030           if (!Proto)
9031             return T;
9032           return Context.getFunctionType(
9033               Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(),
9034               Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_None));
9035         };
9036 
9037         // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
9038         // specification, that's OK.
9039         // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
9040         // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
9041         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ||
9042             !Context.hasSameType(WithoutExceptionSpec(T),
9043                                  WithoutExceptionSpec(NewFD->getType())))
9044           // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
9045           // so forget about the builtin entirely.
9046           Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
9047       }
9048     }
9049 
9050     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
9051     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
9052     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
9053     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
9054     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
9055       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
9056       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
9057         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
9058             << NewFD << R;
9059       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
9060                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9061         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
9062     }
9063 
9064     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
9065     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
9066     //   [is] part of the function type
9067     //
9068     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
9069     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
9070     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
9071     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
9072     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
9073     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
9074       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
9075         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
9076         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
9077         // restricted prior to C++17.
9078         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9079           T = RT->getPointeeType();
9080         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
9081           T = T->getPointeeType();
9082         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
9083           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
9084         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9085           if (FPT->isNothrow(Context))
9086             return true;
9087         return false;
9088       };
9089 
9090       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9091       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
9092       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
9093         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
9094       if (AnyNoexcept)
9095         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9096              diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
9097             << NewFD;
9098     }
9099 
9100     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
9101       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
9102   }
9103   return Redeclaration;
9104 }
9105 
9106 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
9107   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
9108   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
9109   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
9110   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
9111   //   appear in a declaration of main.
9112   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
9113   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
9114   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9115     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9116          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
9117       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9118   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
9119     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
9120       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
9121   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
9122     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
9123     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
9124     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
9125     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
9126       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
9127   }
9128   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
9129     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
9130       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
9131     FD->setConstexpr(false);
9132   }
9133 
9134   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9135     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
9136         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
9137     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9138     return;
9139   }
9140 
9141   QualType T = FD->getType();
9142   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9143   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9144 
9145   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9146     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
9147     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
9148     // implicit-return-zero rule.
9149 
9150     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
9151     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9152       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9153     else {
9154       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
9155       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9156       if (RTRange.isValid())
9157         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
9158             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
9159     }
9160   } else {
9161     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
9162     // set the flag which tells us that.
9163     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
9164 
9165     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
9166     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9167       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9168     else {
9169       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
9170       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9171       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
9172           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
9173                                 : FixItHint());
9174       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9175     }
9176   }
9177 
9178   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
9179   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
9180 
9181   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
9182   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
9183   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
9184 
9185   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
9186 
9187   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
9188     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
9189     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
9190     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
9191   }
9192 
9193   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
9194   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
9195   // getting shifty.
9196   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
9197     HasExtraParameters = false;
9198 
9199   if (HasExtraParameters) {
9200     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
9201     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9202     nparams = 3;
9203   }
9204 
9205   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
9206   // if we had some location information about types.
9207 
9208   QualType CharPP =
9209     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
9210   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
9211 
9212   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
9213     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
9214 
9215     bool mismatch = true;
9216 
9217     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
9218       mismatch = false;
9219     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
9220       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
9221       //   char const **
9222       //   char const * const *
9223       //   char * const *
9224 
9225       QualifierCollector qs;
9226       const PointerType* PT;
9227       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9228           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9229           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
9230                               Context.CharTy)) {
9231         qs.removeConst();
9232         mismatch = !qs.empty();
9233       }
9234     }
9235 
9236     if (mismatch) {
9237       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
9238       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
9239       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9240     }
9241   }
9242 
9243   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9244     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
9245   }
9246 
9247   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9248     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9249     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9250   }
9251 }
9252 
9253 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9254   QualType T = FD->getType();
9255   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9256   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9257 
9258   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
9259   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
9260   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
9261       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
9262       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
9263     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
9264     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
9265       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9266 
9267   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9268     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9269     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9270   }
9271 }
9272 
9273 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
9274   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
9275   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
9276   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
9277   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
9278   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
9279   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
9280   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
9281   // rules there don't matter.)
9282   const Expr *Culprit;
9283   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9284     return false;
9285   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
9286     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9287   return true;
9288 }
9289 
9290 namespace {
9291   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
9292   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
9293   class SelfReferenceChecker
9294       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
9295     Sema &S;
9296     Decl *OrigDecl;
9297     bool isRecordType;
9298     bool isPODType;
9299     bool isReferenceType;
9300 
9301     bool isInitList;
9302     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
9303 
9304   public:
9305     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
9306 
9307     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
9308                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
9309       isPODType = false;
9310       isRecordType = false;
9311       isReferenceType = false;
9312       isInitList = false;
9313       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
9314         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
9315         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
9316         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
9317       }
9318     }
9319 
9320     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
9321     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
9322     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
9323     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
9324       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
9325       if (!InitList) {
9326         Visit(E);
9327         return;
9328       }
9329 
9330       // Track and increment the index here.
9331       isInitList = true;
9332       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
9333       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
9334         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
9335         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
9336       }
9337       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
9338     }
9339 
9340     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
9341     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
9342     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
9343       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
9344       Expr *Base = E;
9345       bool ReferenceField = false;
9346 
9347       // Get the field memebers used.
9348       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9349         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9350         if (!FD)
9351           return false;
9352         Fields.push_back(FD);
9353         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
9354           ReferenceField = true;
9355         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9356       }
9357 
9358       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
9359       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
9360       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
9361         return false;
9362 
9363       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
9364       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
9365         return true;
9366 
9367       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
9368       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
9369       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
9370         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
9371 
9372       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
9373       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
9374       // initialized, then the use is safe.
9375       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
9376                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
9377                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
9378                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
9379            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
9380         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
9381           return true;
9382         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
9383           break;
9384       }
9385 
9386       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
9387       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9388       return true;
9389     }
9390 
9391     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
9392     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
9393     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
9394     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
9395       E = E->IgnoreParens();
9396       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9397         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9398         return;
9399       }
9400 
9401       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9402         Visit(CO->getCond());
9403         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
9404         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
9405         return;
9406       }
9407 
9408       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
9409               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9410         Visit(BCO->getCond());
9411         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
9412         return;
9413       }
9414 
9415       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
9416         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9417         return;
9418       }
9419 
9420       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9421         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
9422           Visit(BO->getLHS());
9423           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
9424           return;
9425         }
9426       }
9427 
9428       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9429         if (isInitList) {
9430           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
9431                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
9432             return;
9433         }
9434 
9435         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9436         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9437           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
9438           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9439             return;
9440           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9441         }
9442         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
9443           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9444         return;
9445       }
9446 
9447       Visit(E);
9448     }
9449 
9450     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
9451     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
9452     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9453       if (isReferenceType)
9454         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
9455     }
9456 
9457     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9458       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
9459         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9460         return;
9461       }
9462 
9463       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
9464     }
9465 
9466     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9467       if (isInitList) {
9468         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
9469           return;
9470       }
9471 
9472       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
9473       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
9474 
9475       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
9476       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
9477       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
9478       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
9479       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9480       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9481         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9482           Warn = false;
9483         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9484       }
9485 
9486       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
9487         if (Warn)
9488           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9489         return;
9490       }
9491 
9492       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
9493       // Visit that expression.
9494       Visit(Base);
9495     }
9496 
9497     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
9498       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
9499 
9500       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
9501         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
9502 
9503       Visit(Callee);
9504       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
9505         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9506     }
9507 
9508     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
9509       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
9510       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
9511           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
9512         if (!isPODType)
9513           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9514         return;
9515       }
9516 
9517       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
9518         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9519         return;
9520       }
9521 
9522       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
9523     }
9524 
9525     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
9526 
9527     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9528       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
9529         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
9530         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
9531           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
9532             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
9533         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
9534           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
9535             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
9536         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
9537         return;
9538       }
9539       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9540     }
9541 
9542     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9543       // Treat std::move as a use.
9544       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
9545         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
9546           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
9547               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
9548             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
9549             return;
9550           }
9551         }
9552       }
9553 
9554       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
9555     }
9556 
9557     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
9558       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
9559         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
9560         Visit(E->getRHS());
9561         return;
9562       }
9563 
9564       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
9565     }
9566 
9567     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
9568     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
9569     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
9570     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
9571       Visit(E->getCond());
9572       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
9573     }
9574 
9575     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
9576       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
9577       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
9578       unsigned diag;
9579       if (isReferenceType) {
9580         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
9581       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
9582         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
9583       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9584                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9585                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
9586         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
9587       } else {
9588         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
9589         return;
9590       }
9591 
9592       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
9593                             S.PDiag(diag)
9594                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
9595                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
9596                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
9597     }
9598   };
9599 
9600   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9601   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9602                                  bool DirectInit) {
9603     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9604     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
9605     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9606       return;
9607 
9608     E = E->IgnoreParens();
9609 
9610     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9611     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9612     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9613       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9614         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9615           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9616             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9617               return;
9618 
9619     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9620   }
9621 } // end anonymous namespace
9622 
9623 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
9624                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
9625                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
9626                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
9627                                             Expr *Init) {
9628   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
9629   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
9630          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
9631 
9632   // FIXME: Deduction for a decomposition declaration does weird things if the
9633   // initializer is an array.
9634 
9635   ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init;
9636   if (DirectInit) {
9637     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9638       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
9639     else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
9640       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
9641   }
9642 
9643   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
9644   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
9645     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
9646     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
9647     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9648                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
9649                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
9650         << Name << Type << Range;
9651     return QualType();
9652   }
9653 
9654   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
9655     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
9656          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
9657                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
9658         << Name << Type << Range;
9659     return QualType();
9660   }
9661 
9662   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
9663   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
9664     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9665                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
9666                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9667         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range;
9668     return QualType();
9669   }
9670 
9671   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9672   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
9673   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9674       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
9675     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9676     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9677       return QualType();
9678     }
9679     Init = Result.get();
9680     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
9681   }
9682 
9683   QualType DeducedType;
9684   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
9685     if (!IsInitCapture)
9686       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9687     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
9688       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
9689            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
9690           << Name
9691           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9692                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9693           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9694     else
9695       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
9696           << Name << TSI->getType()
9697           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9698                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9699           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9700   }
9701 
9702   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9703   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
9704   // checks.
9705   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9706   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9707   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId &&
9708       !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9709     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9710     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range;
9711   }
9712 
9713   return DeducedType;
9714 }
9715 
9716 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
9717 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
9718 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
9719 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
9720                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9721   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
9722   // the initializer.
9723   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9724     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
9725     return;
9726   }
9727 
9728   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9729     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
9730     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
9731       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
9732     Method->setInvalidDecl();
9733     return;
9734   }
9735 
9736   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
9737   if (!VDecl) {
9738     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
9739     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
9740     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9741     return;
9742   }
9743 
9744   // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that a parenthesized initializer is not
9745   // permitted.
9746   if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && DirectInit && isa<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9747     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_paren_init) << VDecl;
9748 
9749   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
9750   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9751     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
9752     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
9753     // TypoExpr.
9754     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
9755     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
9756       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9757       return;
9758     }
9759     Init = Res.get();
9760 
9761     QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
9762         VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(),
9763         VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
9764     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9765       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9766       return;
9767     }
9768 
9769     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9770     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9771 
9772     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9773     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9774       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9775 
9776     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9777     // the previously declared type.
9778     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9779       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9780       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9781       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
9782     }
9783 
9784     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9785     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9786     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9787       return;
9788   }
9789 
9790   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9791   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9792     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9793     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9794     return;
9795   }
9796 
9797   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9798     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9799     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9800     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9801     return;
9802   }
9803 
9804   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9805     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9806     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9807     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9808     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9809     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9810       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9811     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9812                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9813       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9814       return;
9815     }
9816 
9817     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9818     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9819                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9820                                AbstractVariableType))
9821       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9822   }
9823 
9824   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
9825   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
9826   // handle the situation.
9827   VarDecl *Def;
9828   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
9829       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
9830       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
9831       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
9832     return;
9833 
9834   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9835     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9836     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9837     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9838     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9839     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9840     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9841     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9842     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9843     //
9844     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9845     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9846     // declaration with an initializer.
9847     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9848       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9849           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9850       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9851            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9852           << 0;
9853       return;
9854     }
9855 
9856     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9857       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9858 
9859     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9860       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9861       return;
9862     }
9863   }
9864 
9865   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9866   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9867   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
9868     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9869     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9870     return;
9871   }
9872 
9873   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9874   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9875   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9876 
9877   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9878   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9879   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9880       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9881     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9882     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9883       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9884       return;
9885     }
9886     Init = Result.get();
9887   }
9888 
9889   // Perform the initialization.
9890   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
9891   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9892     // Handle errors like: int a({0})
9893     if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
9894         !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType()))
9895       if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) {
9896         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
9897             << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange()
9898             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart())
9899             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd());
9900         Init = IList;
9901         CXXDirectInit = nullptr;
9902       }
9903 
9904     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9905     InitializationKind Kind =
9906         DirectInit
9907             ? CXXDirectInit
9908                   ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9909                                                      Init->getLocStart(),
9910                                                      Init->getLocEnd())
9911                   : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation())
9912             : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9913                                              Init->getLocStart());
9914 
9915     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9916     if (CXXDirectInit)
9917       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9918                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9919 
9920     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9921     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9922       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9923           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9924             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9925             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9926           });
9927       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9928         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9929       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9930         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9931       }
9932     }
9933     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9934       return;
9935 
9936     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
9937                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
9938                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
9939     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9940     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9941       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9942       return;
9943     }
9944 
9945     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9946   }
9947 
9948   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9949   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9950   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9951   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9952       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9953     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9954   }
9955 
9956   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9957   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9958   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9959   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9960   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9961     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9962 
9963   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9964     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9965 
9966     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9967       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9968 
9969     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9970     // Although this code can still have problems:
9971     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9972     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9973     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9974     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9975     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9976     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9977         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9978                          Init->getLocStart()))
9979       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9980   }
9981 
9982   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9983   //
9984   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9985   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9986   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9987   //
9988   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9989   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9990   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9991   //
9992   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9993   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9994                                           false,
9995                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9996   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9997     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9998     return;
9999   }
10000   Init = Result.get();
10001 
10002   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
10003   VDecl->setInit(Init);
10004 
10005   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
10006     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
10007     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
10008     // C++ does not have this restriction.
10009     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10010       const Expr *Culprit;
10011       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
10012         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10013       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
10014       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
10015       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
10016       // constant expressions.
10017       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
10018                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
10019                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
10020         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
10021              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
10022           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
10023     }
10024   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
10025              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
10026     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
10027     //
10028     // struct S {
10029     //   static const int value = 17;
10030     // };
10031 
10032     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
10033     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
10034     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
10035     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
10036     //
10037     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
10038     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
10039     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10040     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
10041     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
10042     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
10043     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
10044     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
10045     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
10046 
10047     // Do nothing on dependent types.
10048     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
10049 
10050     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
10051     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
10052     // type.
10053     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
10054 
10055     // Require constness.
10056     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
10057       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
10058         << Init->getSourceRange();
10059       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10060 
10061     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
10062     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10063       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
10064       SourceLocation Loc;
10065       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
10066         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
10067         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
10068         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
10069       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
10070         ; // Nothing to check.
10071       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
10072         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
10073       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10074         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
10075         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
10076         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10077           << Init->getSourceRange();
10078       } else {
10079         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
10080         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
10081         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10082           << Init->getSourceRange();
10083         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10084       }
10085 
10086     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
10087     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
10088       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
10089       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
10090       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10091         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
10092              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10093             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10094         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
10095              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10096             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10097       } else {
10098         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
10099           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10100 
10101         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10102           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10103             << Init->getSourceRange();
10104           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10105         }
10106       }
10107 
10108     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
10109     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
10110       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
10111         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
10112         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10113       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
10114 
10115     } else {
10116       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
10117         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10118       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10119     }
10120   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
10121     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
10122     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
10123     // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
10124     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
10125     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
10126     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
10127     // C++ rules.
10128     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
10129         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
10130          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
10131         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
10132         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
10133       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
10134 
10135     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
10136     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10137       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10138   }
10139 
10140   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
10141   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
10142   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
10143   //
10144   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
10145   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
10146   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
10147   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
10148   // special case code.
10149 
10150   // C++ 8.5p11:
10151   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
10152   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
10153   // class type.
10154   if (CXXDirectInit) {
10155     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
10156     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10157   } else if (DirectInit) {
10158     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
10159     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
10160   }
10161 
10162   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
10163 }
10164 
10165 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
10166 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
10167 /// of sanity.
10168 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
10169   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
10170   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
10171   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10172 
10173   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10174   if (!VD) return;
10175 
10176   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10177   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
10178     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
10179       BD->setInvalidDecl();
10180 
10181   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10182   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
10183     D->setInvalidDecl();
10184     return;
10185   }
10186 
10187   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
10188   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
10189 
10190   // Require a complete type.
10191   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
10192                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
10193                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10194     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10195     return;
10196   }
10197 
10198   // Require a non-abstract type.
10199   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
10200                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10201                              AbstractVariableType)) {
10202     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10203     return;
10204   }
10205 
10206   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
10207   // though.
10208 }
10209 
10210 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized
10211 /// init-list.
10212 ///
10213 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized.
10214 ///
10215 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'.
10216 ///
10217 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) {
10218   return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() ||
10219          TargetType->getContainedAutoType();
10220 }
10221 
10222 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
10223                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10224   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
10225   if (!RealDecl)
10226     return;
10227 
10228   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10229     QualType Type = Var->getType();
10230 
10231     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
10232     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10233       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
10234       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10235       return;
10236     }
10237 
10238     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
10239     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
10240       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
10241         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
10242       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10243       return;
10244     }
10245 
10246     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
10247     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
10248     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
10249     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
10250     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
10251     // member.
10252     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10253         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
10254       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
10255         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
10256         // a definition there.
10257         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) {
10258           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10259                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
10260             << Var->getDeclName();
10261           Var->setInvalidDecl();
10262           return;
10263         }
10264       } else {
10265         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
10266         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10267         return;
10268       }
10269     }
10270 
10271     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
10272     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
10273     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
10274     if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
10275       if (VTD->isConcept()) {
10276         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
10277         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10278         return;
10279       }
10280     }
10281 
10282     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
10283     // be initialized.
10284     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10285         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
10286         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
10287       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
10288       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10289       return;
10290     }
10291 
10292     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10293     case VarDecl::Definition:
10294       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
10295         break;
10296 
10297       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
10298       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
10299       // a declaration.
10300       //
10301       // Fall through
10302 
10303     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
10304       // It's only a declaration.
10305 
10306       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
10307       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
10308       // object shall be complete.
10309       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
10310           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10311           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10312                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
10313         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10314 
10315       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
10316       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10317           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10318                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10319                                  AbstractVariableType))
10320         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10321       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10322           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
10323         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
10324         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
10325       }
10326 
10327       return;
10328 
10329     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
10330       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
10331       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
10332       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
10333       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
10334       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
10335       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
10336         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
10337                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
10338           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10339                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
10340                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
10341             Var->setInvalidDecl();
10342         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10343           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
10344           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
10345           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
10346           // NOTE: code such as the following
10347           //     static struct s;
10348           //     struct s { int a; };
10349           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
10350           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
10351           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
10352           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
10353             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10354                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
10355         }
10356       }
10357 
10358       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
10359       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
10360         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
10361       return;
10362     }
10363 
10364     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10365     // definitions with incomplete array type.
10366     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
10367       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10368            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
10369       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10370       return;
10371     }
10372 
10373     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10374     // definitions with reference type.
10375     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
10376       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
10377         << Var->getDeclName()
10378         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
10379       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10380       return;
10381     }
10382 
10383     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
10384     // variable with dependent type.
10385     if (Type->isDependentType())
10386       return;
10387 
10388     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
10389       return;
10390 
10391     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
10392       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10393                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
10394                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10395         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10396         return;
10397       }
10398     } else {
10399       return;
10400     }
10401 
10402     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10403     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10404                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10405                                AbstractVariableType)) {
10406       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10407       return;
10408     }
10409 
10410     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
10411     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
10412     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
10413     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
10414     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
10415     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
10416     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
10417     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
10418     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
10419     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
10420     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10421       if (const RecordType *Record
10422             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10423         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
10424         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
10425         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
10426         // incompatibilities with C++98.
10427         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
10428           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10429       }
10430     }
10431 
10432     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
10433     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
10434     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
10435     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
10436     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
10437     //   type shall have a user-declared default
10438     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
10439     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
10440     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
10441     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
10442     //   program is ill-formed.
10443     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
10444     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
10445     //   default-initialized; [...].
10446     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
10447     InitializationKind Kind
10448       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
10449 
10450     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10451     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10452     if (Init.isInvalid())
10453       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10454     else if (Init.get()) {
10455       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
10456       // This is important for template substitution.
10457       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10458     }
10459 
10460     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
10461   }
10462 }
10463 
10464 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
10465   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
10466   if (!D)
10467     return;
10468 
10469   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10470   if (!VD) {
10471     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
10472     D->setInvalidDecl();
10473     return;
10474   }
10475 
10476   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10477 
10478   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
10479   int Error = -1;
10480   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
10481   case SC_None:
10482     break;
10483   case SC_Extern:
10484     Error = 0;
10485     break;
10486   case SC_Static:
10487     Error = 1;
10488     break;
10489   case SC_PrivateExtern:
10490     Error = 2;
10491     break;
10492   case SC_Auto:
10493     Error = 3;
10494     break;
10495   case SC_Register:
10496     Error = 4;
10497     break;
10498   }
10499   if (Error != -1) {
10500     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
10501       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
10502     D->setInvalidDecl();
10503   }
10504 }
10505 
10506 StmtResult
10507 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
10508                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
10509                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
10510                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
10511   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
10512   //   A range-based for statement of the form
10513   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10514   //   is equivalent to
10515   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10516   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10517 
10518   const char *PrevSpec;
10519   unsigned DiagID;
10520   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
10521                      getPrintingPolicy());
10522 
10523   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
10524   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
10525   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
10526 
10527   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10528   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
10529                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
10530   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
10531   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10532   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
10533   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
10534                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
10535 }
10536 
10537 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
10538   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10539 
10540   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10541     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
10542     // initialiser
10543     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
10544         !var->hasInit()) {
10545       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
10546           << 1 /*Init*/;
10547       var->setInvalidDecl();
10548       return;
10549     }
10550   }
10551 
10552   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
10553   // local retaining variable.
10554   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10555       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10556     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
10557     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
10558     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
10559     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
10560       break;
10561 
10562     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
10563     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
10564       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10565       break;
10566     }
10567   }
10568 
10569   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
10570   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
10571   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
10572   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
10573   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
10574   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10575       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
10576       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
10577       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
10578                                   var->getLocation())) {
10579     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
10580     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
10581     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
10582       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
10583 
10584     if (!prev)
10585       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
10586   }
10587 
10588   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
10589   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
10590   const Expr *CacheCulprit;
10591   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
10592     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
10593       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10594             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
10595     return *CacheHasConstInit;
10596   };
10597 
10598   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
10599     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
10600       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
10601       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
10602       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
10603       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
10604       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10605         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10606     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
10607       if (!checkConstInit()) {
10608         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
10609         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
10610         //   initialization.
10611         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
10612         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
10613           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
10614         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10615           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10616       }
10617     }
10618   }
10619 
10620   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
10621   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
10622   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10623       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10624     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
10625     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
10626     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
10627       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
10628     else if (!var->getInit()) {
10629       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
10630       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10631     } else {
10632       Stack = &DataSegStack;
10633       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10634     }
10635     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
10636       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10637           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
10638           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
10639     }
10640     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
10641       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
10642         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
10643 
10644     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
10645     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
10646     // attribute.
10647     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
10648       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
10649                                                CurInitSegLoc));
10650   }
10651 
10652   // All the following checks are C++ only.
10653   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10654       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
10655       // current module.
10656      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10657        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10658      return;
10659   }
10660 
10661   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
10662     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
10663 
10664   QualType type = var->getType();
10665   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
10666 
10667   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
10668   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10669     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
10670     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
10671 
10672     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
10673     // constructing this copy.
10674     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
10675       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
10676       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
10677       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
10678       ExprResult result
10679         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
10680             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
10681             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
10682       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
10683         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
10684         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
10685         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
10686       }
10687     }
10688   }
10689 
10690   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
10691   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
10692   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
10693 
10694   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
10695       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
10696 
10697     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
10698       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
10699       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
10700         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
10701         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
10702         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
10703         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
10704               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
10705           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
10706           Notes.clear();
10707         }
10708         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
10709           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
10710         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10711           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10712       }
10713     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
10714       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
10715       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
10716       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
10717       var->checkInitIsICE();
10718     }
10719 
10720     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
10721     // were just diagnosed.
10722     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage &&
10723             var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) {
10724       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
10725       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
10726           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
10727       if (DiagErr) {
10728         auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>();
10729         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
10730           << Init->getSourceRange();
10731         Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
10732           << attr->getRange();
10733       }
10734     }
10735     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
10736              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
10737                                     var->getLocation())) {
10738       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
10739       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
10740       // warned about them.
10741       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
10742       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
10743         if (!checkConstInit())
10744           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
10745             << Init->getSourceRange();
10746       }
10747     }
10748   }
10749 
10750   // Require the destructor.
10751   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
10752     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
10753 
10754   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
10755   // module.
10756   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10757     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10758 }
10759 
10760 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
10761 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
10762   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
10763     return true;
10764   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
10765     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
10766       return true;
10767   return false;
10768 }
10769 
10770 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
10771 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
10772 void
10773 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
10774   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
10775   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
10776 
10777   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
10778   if (!VD)
10779     return;
10780 
10781   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
10782     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
10783       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
10784     }
10785   }
10786 
10787   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
10788 
10789   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
10790   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
10791   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
10792   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
10793     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
10794     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
10795     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
10796       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
10797       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
10798         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
10799           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
10800           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
10801       }
10802     }
10803   }
10804 
10805   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
10806     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
10807             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
10808       // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
10809       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
10810         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
10811         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
10812         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
10813       }
10814       // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
10815       // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with
10816       // static storage class.
10817       if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() &&
10818           CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
10819                                diag::err_device_static_local_var)
10820               << CurrentCUDATarget())
10821         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10822     }
10823   }
10824 
10825   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
10826   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
10827   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
10828   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
10829   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
10830   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
10831     const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
10832     if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
10833       if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
10834           VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) {
10835         assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>());
10836         bool AllowedInit = false;
10837         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
10838           AllowedInit =
10839               isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor());
10840         // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty
10841         // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC,
10842         // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors.
10843         if (!AllowedInit &&
10844             (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
10845           AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10846               Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType());
10847 
10848         // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty.
10849         if (AllowedInit)
10850           if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
10851             AllowedInit =
10852                 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor());
10853 
10854         if (!AllowedInit) {
10855           Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()
10856                                       ? diag::err_shared_var_init
10857                                       : diag::err_dynamic_var_init)
10858               << Init->getSourceRange();
10859           VD->setInvalidDecl();
10860         }
10861       } else {
10862         // This is a host-side global variable.  Check that the initializer is
10863         // callable from the host side.
10864         const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr;
10865         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
10866           InitFn = CE->getConstructor();
10867         } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) {
10868           InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee();
10869         }
10870         if (InitFn) {
10871           CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn);
10872           if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) {
10873             Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer)
10874                 << InitFnTarget << InitFn;
10875             Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn;
10876             VD->setInvalidDecl();
10877           }
10878         }
10879       }
10880     }
10881   }
10882 
10883   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
10884   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
10885 
10886   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
10887   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
10888     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
10889         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10890       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
10891       // with a warning.
10892       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
10893         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
10894       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
10895           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
10896           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10897 
10898       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
10899            IsClassTemplateMember
10900                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
10901                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
10902       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10903       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
10904         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10905     }
10906   }
10907 
10908   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
10909   // isn't exported with the variable.
10910   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
10911     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
10912     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
10913       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
10914       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
10915       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
10916       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
10917     } else {
10918       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
10919                                                                     << DLLAttr;
10920       VD->setInvalidDecl();
10921     }
10922   }
10923 
10924   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
10925     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10926       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
10927       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
10928     }
10929   }
10930 
10931   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
10932   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
10933   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
10934   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
10935     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
10936 
10937   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
10938   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
10939       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
10940     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
10941 
10942   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
10943   // tag values.
10944   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
10945       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
10946     return;
10947 
10948   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10949     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
10950     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
10951       continue;
10952     }
10953     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
10954     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
10955       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10956            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
10957         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10958       continue;
10959     }
10960     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
10961       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10962            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
10963         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10964       continue;
10965     }
10966     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
10967     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
10968                                MagicValue,
10969                                I->getMatchingCType(),
10970                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
10971                                I->getMustBeNull());
10972   }
10973 }
10974 
10975 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
10976                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10977   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10978 
10979   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10980     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10981 
10982   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10983   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10984   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
10985 
10986   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10987     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10988       auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D);
10989       if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10990         FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10991 
10992       auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
10993       if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
10994         FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp;
10995 
10996       // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
10997       // declaration in the same group.
10998       auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup;
10999       if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
11000         OtherDD = DD;
11001       if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup &&
11002           OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup &&
11003           !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
11004         Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
11005              diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
11006           << OtherDD->getSourceRange();
11007         DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
11008       }
11009 
11010       Decls.push_back(D);
11011     }
11012   }
11013 
11014   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
11015     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
11016       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
11017       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
11018           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11019         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
11020     }
11021   }
11022 
11023   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
11024 }
11025 
11026 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
11027 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
11028 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
11029 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
11030                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
11031   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
11032   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
11033   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
11034   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
11035   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
11036   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
11037   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
11038   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
11039     QualType Deduced;
11040     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
11041     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
11042     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11043       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
11044         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
11045         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
11046         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
11047           break;
11048         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
11049         if (!U.isNull()) {
11050           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
11051           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
11052             Deduced = U;
11053             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
11054             DeducedDecl = D;
11055           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
11056             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11057                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
11058               << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword()
11059               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
11060               << U << D->getDeclName()
11061               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
11062               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
11063             D->setInvalidDecl();
11064             break;
11065           }
11066         }
11067       }
11068     }
11069   }
11070 
11071   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
11072 
11073   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
11074       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
11075 }
11076 
11077 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
11078   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
11079 }
11080 
11081 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11082   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
11083   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
11084     return;
11085 
11086   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
11087                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
11088       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
11089                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
11090     return;
11091 
11092   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
11093     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
11094     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
11095     // additional declaration references:
11096     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
11097     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
11098     //   'struct S *pS;'
11099     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
11100     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
11101     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
11102       Group = Group.slice(1);
11103     }
11104   }
11105 
11106   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
11107   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
11108   if (!Comments.empty() &&
11109       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
11110     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
11111     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
11112     //
11113     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
11114     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
11115     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
11116     // ahead through comments.
11117     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
11118       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
11119   }
11120 }
11121 
11122 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
11123 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
11124 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
11125   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
11126 
11127   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
11128 
11129   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
11130   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
11131   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
11132     SC = SC_Register;
11133   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11134              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
11135     SC = SC_Auto;
11136   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
11137     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11138          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
11139     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
11140   }
11141 
11142   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11143     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
11144       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11145   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
11146     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
11147         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
11148   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
11149     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
11150       << 0;
11151   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
11152     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
11153 
11154   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
11155 
11156   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11157   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
11158 
11159   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11160     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
11161     // parameter.
11162     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11163 
11164     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
11165     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
11166       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
11167         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
11168       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
11169     }
11170   }
11171 
11172   // Ensure we have a valid name
11173   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
11174   if (D.hasName()) {
11175     II = D.getIdentifier();
11176     if (!II) {
11177       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
11178         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
11179       D.setInvalidType(true);
11180     }
11181   }
11182 
11183   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
11184   if (II) {
11185     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
11186                    ForRedeclaration);
11187     LookupName(R, S);
11188     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
11189       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
11190       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11191         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11192         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11193         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11194         PrevDecl = nullptr;
11195       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11196         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
11197         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11198 
11199         // Recover by removing the name
11200         II = nullptr;
11201         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
11202         D.setInvalidType(true);
11203       }
11204     }
11205   }
11206 
11207   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
11208   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
11209   // looking like class members in C++.
11210   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11211                                     D.getLocStart(),
11212                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
11213                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
11214                                     SC);
11215 
11216   if (D.isInvalidType())
11217     New->setInvalidDecl();
11218 
11219   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
11220   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
11221   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
11222                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
11223 
11224   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
11225   S->AddDecl(New);
11226   if (II)
11227     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
11228 
11229   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
11230 
11231   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11232     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11233       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
11234       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11235       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11236 
11237   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11238     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
11239   }
11240   return New;
11241 }
11242 
11243 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
11244 /// typedef.
11245 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
11246                                               SourceLocation Loc,
11247                                               QualType T) {
11248   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
11249      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
11250      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
11251   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
11252                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
11253                                            SC_None, nullptr);
11254   Param->setImplicit();
11255   return Param;
11256 }
11257 
11258 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
11259   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
11260   // will already have done so in the template itself.
11261   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11262     return;
11263 
11264   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11265     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
11266         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
11267       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
11268         << Parameter->getDeclName();
11269     }
11270   }
11271 }
11272 
11273 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
11274     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
11275   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
11276     return;
11277 
11278   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11279   // threshold.
11280   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
11281     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
11282     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11283       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
11284           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
11285   }
11286 
11287   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11288   // threshold.
11289   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11290     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
11291     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
11292       continue;
11293     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
11294     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11295       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
11296           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
11297   }
11298 }
11299 
11300 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11301                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
11302                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
11303                                   StorageClass SC) {
11304   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
11305   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
11306       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
11307       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
11308 
11309     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
11310 
11311     // Special cases for arrays:
11312     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
11313     //   - otherwise, it's an error
11314     if (T->isArrayType()) {
11315       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
11316         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
11317             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
11318             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
11319       }
11320       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
11321     } else {
11322       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
11323     }
11324     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
11325   }
11326 
11327   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
11328                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
11329                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
11330 
11331   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
11332   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
11333   // the class has been completely parsed.
11334   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
11335       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11336                              AbstractParamType))
11337     New->setInvalidDecl();
11338 
11339   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
11340   // passed by reference.
11341   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
11342     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
11343         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd());
11344     Diag(NameLoc,
11345          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
11346       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
11347     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
11348     New->setType(T);
11349   }
11350 
11351   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
11352   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
11353   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
11354   // an address space.
11355   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
11356     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
11357     // to be qualified with an address space.
11358     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
11359       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
11360       New->setInvalidDecl();
11361     }
11362   }
11363 
11364   return New;
11365 }
11366 
11367 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
11368                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
11369   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
11370 
11371   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
11372   // for a K&R function.
11373   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
11374     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
11375       --i;
11376       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
11377         SmallString<256> Code;
11378         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
11379             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
11380         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
11381             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
11382             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
11383 
11384         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
11385         // type.
11386         AttributeFactory attrs;
11387         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
11388         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
11389         unsigned DiagID; // unused
11390         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
11391                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11392         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
11393         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11394         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11395         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
11396         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11397         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
11398       }
11399     }
11400   }
11401 }
11402 
11403 Decl *
11404 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
11405                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11406                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11407   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
11408   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
11409   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
11410 
11411   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
11412   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
11413   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
11414 }
11415 
11416 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
11417   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
11418 }
11419 
11420 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
11421                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11422   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
11423   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11424     return false;
11425 
11426   // Or declarations that aren't global.
11427   if (!FD->isGlobal())
11428     return false;
11429 
11430   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
11431   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
11432     return false;
11433 
11434   // Don't warn about 'main'.
11435   if (FD->isMain())
11436     return false;
11437 
11438   // Don't warn about inline functions.
11439   if (FD->isInlined())
11440     return false;
11441 
11442   // Don't warn about function templates.
11443   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11444     return false;
11445 
11446   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
11447   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
11448     return false;
11449 
11450   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
11451   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
11452     return false;
11453 
11454   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
11455   if (FD->isDeleted())
11456     return false;
11457 
11458   bool MissingPrototype = true;
11459   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
11460        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
11461     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
11462     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
11463     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
11464       continue;
11465 
11466     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
11467     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
11468       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
11469     break;
11470   }
11471 
11472   return MissingPrototype;
11473 }
11474 
11475 void
11476 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
11477                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
11478                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11479   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
11480   // was an extern inline function.
11481   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
11482   if (!Definition)
11483     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
11484       return;
11485 
11486   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
11487     return;
11488 
11489   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
11490   // a template, skip the new definition.
11491   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
11492       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
11493        Definition->isInlined() ||
11494        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
11495        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
11496     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11497     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11498       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
11499     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
11500                                 FD->getLocation());
11501     return;
11502   }
11503 
11504   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
11505       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
11506     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
11507         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
11508   else
11509     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
11510 
11511   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11512   FD->setInvalidDecl();
11513 }
11514 
11515 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
11516                                    Sema &S) {
11517   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
11518 
11519   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
11520   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
11521   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
11522   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
11523   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
11524 
11525   if (LCD == LCD_None)
11526     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
11527   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
11528     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
11529   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
11530     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
11531   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
11532 
11533   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
11534   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
11535 
11536   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
11537   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
11538   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
11539   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
11540     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
11541       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
11542       if (VD->isInitCapture())
11543         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
11544       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
11545       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
11546       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
11547           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
11548           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
11549                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
11550           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
11551 
11552     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
11553       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
11554                               /*Expr*/ nullptr,
11555                               C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
11556     } else {
11557       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
11558     }
11559     ++I;
11560   }
11561 }
11562 
11563 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
11564                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11565   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
11566   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
11567 
11568   if (!D)
11569     return D;
11570   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11571 
11572   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
11573     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
11574   else
11575     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
11576 
11577   // See if this is a redefinition.
11578   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
11579     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
11580 
11581     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
11582     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
11583       return D;
11584   }
11585 
11586   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
11587   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
11588   // this function.
11589   FD->setWillHaveBody();
11590 
11591   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
11592   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
11593   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
11594   // LambdaScopeInfo.
11595   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
11596   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
11597   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
11598   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
11599   // have the LSI properly restored.
11600   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
11601     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
11602       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
11603       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
11604     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
11605   }
11606   else
11607     // Enter a new function scope
11608     PushFunctionScope();
11609 
11610   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
11611   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11612     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
11613         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
11614       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
11615       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11616     }
11617   }
11618 
11619   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
11620   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
11621   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
11622   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
11623       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11624       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
11625                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
11626     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11627 
11628   if (FnBodyScope)
11629     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
11630 
11631   // Check the validity of our function parameters
11632   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
11633                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
11634 
11635   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
11636   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
11637     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
11638 
11639     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11640     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
11641       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
11642 
11643       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
11644     }
11645   }
11646 
11647   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
11648   // introduce them into the function scope.
11649   if (FnBodyScope) {
11650     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
11651              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
11652              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
11653          I != E; ++I) {
11654       NamedDecl *D = *I;
11655 
11656       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
11657       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
11658       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
11659       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
11660         // Is the decl actually in the context?
11661         if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D))
11662           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
11663         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
11664         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11665       }
11666 
11667       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
11668       if (!D->getName().empty())
11669         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11670 
11671       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
11672       // accessible in this scope.
11673       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
11674         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
11675           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11676       }
11677     }
11678   }
11679 
11680   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
11681   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11682     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
11683 
11684   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
11685   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
11686       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
11687     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
11688     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
11689     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11690     return D;
11691   }
11692   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
11693   // a function template).
11694   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
11695   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11696       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
11697       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
11698     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
11699 
11700   return D;
11701 }
11702 
11703 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
11704 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
11705 /// optimization.
11706 ///
11707 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
11708 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
11709 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
11710 /// use the named return value optimization.
11711 ///
11712 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
11713 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
11714 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
11715 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
11716   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
11717 
11718   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
11719     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
11720       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
11721         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
11722     }
11723   }
11724 }
11725 
11726 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
11727   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
11728   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
11729     return false;
11730 
11731   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
11732   // return type (yet).
11733   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
11734     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
11735     // we can still delay parsing it.
11736     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
11737       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
11738       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
11739           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
11740         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
11741         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
11742       }
11743     }
11744     return false;
11745   }
11746 
11747   return true;
11748 }
11749 
11750 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
11751   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
11752   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
11753   // rest of the file.
11754   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
11755   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
11756   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
11757     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
11758       return false;
11759   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
11760 }
11761 
11762 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
11763   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
11764     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
11765   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
11766     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
11767   return Decl;
11768 }
11769 
11770 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
11771   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
11772 }
11773 
11774 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
11775                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
11776   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
11777 
11778   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
11779   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
11780 
11781   if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty())
11782     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
11783 
11784   if (FD) {
11785     FD->setBody(Body);
11786 
11787     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
11788       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
11789           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11790         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
11791         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
11792         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
11793         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
11794           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
11795               << FD->getReturnType();
11796           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11797         } else {
11798           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
11799           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
11800           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
11801               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
11802         }
11803       }
11804     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
11805       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
11806       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
11807       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
11808       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
11809         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
11810 
11811         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
11812         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
11813         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
11814         QualType RetType =
11815             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
11816 
11817         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
11818         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
11819             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11820         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
11821                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
11822       }
11823     }
11824 
11825     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
11826     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
11827     // is the first declaration.
11828     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
11829       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
11830         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11831       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
11832                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
11833                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
11834         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11835     }
11836 
11837     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
11838     // don't complain about missing return statements.
11839     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
11840       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
11841 
11842     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
11843     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
11844     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
11845       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
11846 
11847     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11848       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
11849       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
11850         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
11851       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
11852                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
11853 
11854       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
11855       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
11856         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
11857       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
11858         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
11859 
11860       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
11861       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
11862       // to deduce an implicit return type.
11863       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
11864           !FD->isDependentContext())
11865         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11866     }
11867 
11868     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
11869     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
11870     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
11871     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
11872     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
11873     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
11874     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
11875       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
11876 
11877       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11878         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
11879         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
11880         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
11881                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
11882           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
11883           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
11884             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
11885                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
11886                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
11887                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
11888         }
11889       }
11890 
11891       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
11892       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
11893       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
11894       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
11895       //   An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition
11896       //   of that function specifies that the function has no parameters
11897       //   (C99 6.7.5.3p14)
11898       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 &&
11899           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
11900         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
11901         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
11902         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.castAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
11903         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1;
11904       }
11905     }
11906 
11907     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
11908       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
11909       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
11910           MD->isVirtual() &&
11911           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
11912           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
11913         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
11914         if (FD->isInlined() &&
11915             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
11916           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
11917 
11918           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
11919           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
11920           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
11921           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
11922           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
11923             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11924         } else {
11925           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
11926           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11927         }
11928       }
11929     }
11930 
11931     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
11932            "Function parsing confused");
11933   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
11934     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
11935     MD->setBody(Body);
11936     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11937       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters());
11938       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
11939                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
11940 
11941       if (Body)
11942         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11943     }
11944     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
11945       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
11946         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
11947       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
11948     }
11949     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
11950       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
11951       bool isDesignated =
11952           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
11953       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
11954       (void)isDesignated;
11955 
11956       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
11957         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
11958         if (!IFace)
11959           return false;
11960         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
11961         if (!SuperD)
11962           return false;
11963         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
11964             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
11965       };
11966       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
11967       // of NSObject.
11968       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
11969         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11970              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
11971         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
11972              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
11973       }
11974       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
11975     }
11976     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
11977       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
11978       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
11979         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11980              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
11981       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
11982     }
11983   } else {
11984     return nullptr;
11985   }
11986 
11987   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
11988     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
11989 
11990   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
11991          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
11992          "handled in the block above.");
11993 
11994   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
11995   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
11996     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
11997     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
11998     // Verify this.
11999     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
12000       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
12001 
12002     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
12003     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12004         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12005       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
12006 
12007     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
12008       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
12009         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
12010 
12011       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
12012                                              Destructor->getParent());
12013     }
12014 
12015     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12016     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12017     // deletion in some later function.
12018     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
12019         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
12020       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12021     }
12022     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
12023         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
12024       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
12025       // enabled.
12026       ActivePolicy = &WP;
12027     }
12028 
12029     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
12030         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
12031          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
12032       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12033 
12034     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
12035       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
12036         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
12037         // require prologue.
12038         bool RegisterVariables = false;
12039         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
12040           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
12041             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
12042               RegisterVariables =
12043                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
12044               if (!RegisterVariables)
12045                 break;
12046             }
12047           }
12048         }
12049         if (RegisterVariables)
12050           continue;
12051         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
12052           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
12053           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
12054           FD->setInvalidDecl();
12055           break;
12056         }
12057       }
12058     }
12059 
12060     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
12061                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
12062            "Leftover temporaries in function");
12063     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
12064     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
12065            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
12066   }
12067 
12068   if (!IsInstantiation)
12069     PopDeclContext();
12070 
12071   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
12072   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12073   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12074   // deletion in some later function.
12075   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
12076     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12077   }
12078 
12079   return dcl;
12080 }
12081 
12082 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
12083 /// relevant Decl.
12084 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
12085                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
12086   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
12087   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
12088     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
12089   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
12090 
12091   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
12092     if (Method->isStatic())
12093       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
12094 }
12095 
12096 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
12097 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
12098 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
12099                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
12100   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
12101   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
12102   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
12103   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
12104   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
12105     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
12106     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12107     return ExternCPrev;
12108   }
12109 
12110   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
12111   unsigned diag_id;
12112   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
12113     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
12114   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
12115     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
12116   else
12117     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
12118   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
12119 
12120   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
12121   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
12122   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
12123     TypoCorrection Corrected;
12124     if (S &&
12125         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
12126              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
12127              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
12128       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
12129                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
12130   }
12131 
12132   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
12133   const char *Dummy;
12134   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
12135   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
12136   unsigned DiagID;
12137   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
12138                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
12139   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
12140   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
12141   SourceLocation NoLoc;
12142   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
12143   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
12144                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
12145                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12146                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
12147                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
12148                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
12149                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12150                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
12151                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
12152                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12153                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12154                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12155                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12156                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
12157                                              EST_None,
12158                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
12159                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
12160                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
12161                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
12162                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
12163                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
12164                                              Loc, Loc, D),
12165                 DS.getAttributes(),
12166                 SourceLocation());
12167   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
12168 
12169   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
12170 
12171   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
12172   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
12173 
12174   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
12175   FD->setImplicit();
12176 
12177   CurContext = PrevDC;
12178 
12179   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
12180 
12181   return FD;
12182 }
12183 
12184 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
12185 /// the declaration of this function.
12186 ///
12187 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
12188 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
12189 /// like NSLog or printf.
12190 ///
12191 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
12192 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
12193 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12194   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
12195     return;
12196 
12197   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
12198   // actual attributes.
12199   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12200     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
12201     unsigned FormatIdx;
12202     bool HasVAListArg;
12203     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
12204       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
12205         const char *fmt = "printf";
12206         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
12207         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
12208             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12209           fmt = "NSString";
12210         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12211                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
12212                                                FormatIdx+1,
12213                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12214                                                FD->getLocation()));
12215       }
12216     }
12217     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
12218                                              HasVAListArg)) {
12219      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12220        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12221                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
12222                                               FormatIdx+1,
12223                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12224                                               FD->getLocation()));
12225     }
12226 
12227     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
12228     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
12229     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
12230     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
12231         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
12232       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12233         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12234     }
12235 
12236     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
12237         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
12238       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12239                                          FD->getLocation()));
12240     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
12241       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12242     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
12243       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12244     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12245       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12246     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
12247         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
12248       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
12249       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
12250       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
12251       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
12252           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
12253         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12254       else
12255         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12256     }
12257   }
12258 
12259   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
12260   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
12261   // across.
12262   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
12263       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
12264     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12265     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
12266       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12267   }
12268 
12269   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
12270   if (!Name)
12271     return;
12272   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12273        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
12274       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
12275        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
12276        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
12277     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
12278     // about.
12279   } else
12280     return;
12281 
12282   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
12283     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
12284     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
12285     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12286       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12287                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
12288                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
12289                                              FD->getLocation()));
12290   }
12291 
12292   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
12293     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
12294     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
12295     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
12296       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
12297                                                 FD->getLocation()));
12298   }
12299 }
12300 
12301 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
12302                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
12303   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
12304   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
12305 
12306   if (!TInfo) {
12307     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
12308     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12309   }
12310 
12311   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
12312   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12313                                            D.getLocStart(),
12314                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
12315                                            D.getIdentifier(),
12316                                            TInfo);
12317 
12318   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
12319   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
12320     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
12321     return NewTD;
12322   }
12323 
12324   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
12325     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12326       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
12327         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
12328         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
12329         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
12330     else
12331       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
12332   }
12333 
12334   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
12335   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
12336   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
12337   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
12338   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
12339   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
12340   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
12341   case TST_enum:
12342   case TST_struct:
12343   case TST_interface:
12344   case TST_union:
12345   case TST_class: {
12346     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
12347     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
12348     break;
12349   }
12350 
12351   default:
12352     break;
12353   }
12354 
12355   return NewTD;
12356 }
12357 
12358 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
12359 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
12360   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12361   QualType T = TI->getType();
12362 
12363   if (T->isDependentType())
12364     return false;
12365 
12366   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
12367     if (BT->isInteger())
12368       return false;
12369 
12370   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
12371   return true;
12372 }
12373 
12374 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
12375 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
12376 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
12377     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
12378     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
12379   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
12380 
12381   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
12382     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
12383       << Prev->isScoped();
12384     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12385     return true;
12386   }
12387 
12388   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
12389     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
12390         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
12391         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
12392                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
12393       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
12394       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
12395         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
12396       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
12397           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
12398       return true;
12399     }
12400   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
12401     ;
12402   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
12403     ;
12404   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
12405     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
12406       << Prev->isFixed();
12407     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12408     return true;
12409   }
12410 
12411   return false;
12412 }
12413 
12414 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
12415 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
12416 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
12417 ///
12418 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
12419 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
12420   switch (Tag) {
12421   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
12422   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
12423   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
12424   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
12425   }
12426 }
12427 
12428 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
12429 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
12430 ///
12431 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
12432 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
12433 {
12434   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
12435 }
12436 
12437 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl) {
12438   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
12439     return NTK_Typedef;
12440   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
12441     return NTK_TypeAlias;
12442   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12443     return NTK_Template;
12444   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12445     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
12446   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
12447     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
12448   return NTK_Unknown;
12449 }
12450 
12451 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
12452 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
12453 ///
12454 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
12455 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
12456                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
12457                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
12458                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
12459   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
12460   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
12461   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
12462   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
12463   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
12464   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
12465   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
12466   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
12467   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
12468   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
12469   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
12470   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
12471   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
12472   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
12473   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
12474     if (OldTag == NewTag)
12475       return true;
12476 
12477   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
12478     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
12479     bool isTemplate = false;
12480     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
12481       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12482 
12483     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
12484       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
12485       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
12486       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12487         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12488         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12489       return true;
12490     }
12491 
12492     if (isDefinition) {
12493       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
12494       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
12495       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12496         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
12497         return true;
12498       }
12499 
12500       bool previousMismatch = false;
12501       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
12502         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
12503           if (!previousMismatch) {
12504             previousMismatch = true;
12505             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
12506               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12507               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
12508           }
12509           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12510             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
12511             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
12512                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
12513         }
12514       }
12515       return true;
12516     }
12517 
12518     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
12519     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
12520     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
12521     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
12522                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
12523     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
12524       return true;
12525     }
12526 
12527     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12528       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12529       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12530     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12531 
12532     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
12533     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12534         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12535           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
12536           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
12537                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
12538     }
12539 
12540     return true;
12541   }
12542   return false;
12543 }
12544 
12545 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
12546 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
12547 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
12548 ///   namespace N {
12549 ///     struct X;
12550 ///     namespace M {
12551 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
12552 ///     }
12553 ///   }
12554 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
12555                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12556   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
12557   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
12558   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
12559   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
12560   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12561   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
12562     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
12563     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
12564     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
12565     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
12566       return FixItHint();
12567     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
12568     Namespaces.push_back(II);
12569     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
12570         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
12571     if (Lookup == Namespace)
12572       break;
12573   }
12574 
12575   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
12576   // build an NNS.
12577   SmallString<64> Insertion;
12578   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
12579   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
12580     OS << "::";
12581   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
12582   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
12583     OS << II->getName() << "::";
12584   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
12585 }
12586 
12587 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
12588 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
12589 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
12590 /// using-declaration).
12591 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
12592                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
12593   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
12594   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
12595 
12596   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
12597     return true;
12598 
12599   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
12600   // encloses the other).
12601   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
12602       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
12603     return true;
12604 
12605   return false;
12606 }
12607 
12608 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
12609 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
12610 /// nothing.
12611 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12612   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12613     DC = DC->getParent();
12614   return DC;
12615 }
12616 
12617 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
12618 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
12619 /// nothing.
12620 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
12621   while (S->isClassScope() ||
12622          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
12623           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
12624          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
12625          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
12626     S = S->getParent();
12627   return S;
12628 }
12629 
12630 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
12631 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
12632 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
12633 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
12634 ///
12635 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
12636 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
12637 ///
12638 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
12639 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
12640 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
12641                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
12642                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
12643                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
12644                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
12645                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
12646                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
12647                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
12648                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
12649                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
12650                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
12651   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
12652   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
12653   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
12654          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
12655   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
12656 
12657   OwnedDecl = false;
12658   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
12659   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
12660 
12661   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
12662   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
12663   bool Invalid = false;
12664 
12665   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
12666   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
12667   // for non-C++ cases.
12668   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
12669       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
12670     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
12671             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
12672                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
12673                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
12674       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12675         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
12676         return nullptr;
12677       }
12678 
12679       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
12680         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
12681         // be a member of another template).
12682 
12683         if (Invalid)
12684           return nullptr;
12685 
12686         OwnedDecl = false;
12687         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
12688                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
12689                                                TemplateParams, AS,
12690                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
12691                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
12692                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
12693                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
12694                                                SkipBody);
12695         return Result.get();
12696       } else {
12697         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
12698         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
12699           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
12700         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
12701       }
12702     }
12703   }
12704 
12705   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
12706   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
12707   // redeclaration.
12708   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
12709   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
12710 
12711   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12712     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
12713       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
12714       // type, default to int.
12715       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12716     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
12717       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
12718       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
12719       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
12720       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
12721       EnumUnderlying = TI;
12722 
12723       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
12724         // Recover by falling back to int.
12725         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12726 
12727       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
12728                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
12729         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12730 
12731     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12732       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12733         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
12734         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12735         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
12736       }
12737     }
12738   }
12739 
12740   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
12741   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12742   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
12743   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
12744 
12745   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
12746   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
12747     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
12748 
12749   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
12750   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12751     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
12752 
12753     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
12754     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
12755       Name = nullptr;
12756       goto CreateNewDecl;
12757     }
12758 
12759     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
12760     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
12761     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12762       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
12763       if (!DC) {
12764         IsDependent = true;
12765         return nullptr;
12766       }
12767     } else {
12768       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
12769       if (!DC) {
12770         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
12771           << SS.getRange();
12772         return nullptr;
12773       }
12774     }
12775 
12776     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
12777       return nullptr;
12778 
12779     SearchDC = DC;
12780     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
12781     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
12782 
12783     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12784       return nullptr;
12785 
12786     if (Previous.empty()) {
12787       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
12788       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
12789       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
12790       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
12791       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
12792       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
12793       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
12794           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12795         IsDependent = true;
12796         return nullptr;
12797       }
12798 
12799       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
12800       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
12801         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
12802       Name = nullptr;
12803       Invalid = true;
12804       goto CreateNewDecl;
12805     }
12806   } else if (Name) {
12807     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
12808     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
12809     //   name different from T:
12810     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
12811     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12812         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
12813       return nullptr;
12814 
12815     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
12816     // declaration or definition.
12817     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
12818     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
12819     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
12820     LookupName(Previous, S);
12821 
12822     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
12823     // by types using'ed into this scope.
12824     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
12825         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
12826       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12827       while (F.hasNext()) {
12828         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12829         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
12830                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
12831           F.erase();
12832       }
12833       F.done();
12834     }
12835 
12836     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
12837     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
12838     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
12839     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
12840     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
12841     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
12842     //
12843     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
12844     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
12845     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
12846     //
12847     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
12848     // semantic context?
12849     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12850       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12851       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12852       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
12853       while (F.hasNext()) {
12854         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12855         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12856         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
12857             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
12858           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12859             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
12860           else
12861             F.erase();
12862         }
12863       }
12864       F.done();
12865 
12866       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
12867       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
12868       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
12869         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12870         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
12871             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
12872       }
12873     }
12874 
12875     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
12876     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12877       return nullptr;
12878 
12879     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
12880       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
12881       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
12882       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
12883       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
12884       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
12885         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
12886     }
12887   }
12888 
12889   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
12890       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
12891     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12892     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
12893     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12894     Previous.clear();
12895   }
12896 
12897   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
12898       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
12899     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
12900       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
12901       isStdBadAlloc = true;
12902 
12903       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
12904       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
12905       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
12906       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
12907         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
12908     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
12909       isStdAlignValT = true;
12910       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
12911         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
12912     }
12913   }
12914 
12915   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
12916   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
12917   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
12918   // there's a shadow friend decl.
12919   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
12920       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12921     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
12922     assert(SS.isEmpty());
12923 
12924     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12925       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
12926       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
12927       //
12928       //          class-key identifier
12929       //
12930       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
12931       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
12932       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
12933       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
12934       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
12935       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
12936       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
12937       //      declaration.
12938       //
12939       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
12940       // C structs and unions.
12941       //
12942       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
12943       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
12944       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
12945       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
12946       //
12947       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
12948       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
12949       //
12950       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
12951       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
12952       // lexical context,
12953       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
12954 
12955       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
12956       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
12957     } else {
12958       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
12959       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
12960       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
12961       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
12962       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
12963       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12964     }
12965 
12966     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
12967     // diagnose some problems.
12968     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
12969     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
12970     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
12971     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
12972     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12973       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12974       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
12975     } else {
12976       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12977       LookupName(Previous, S);
12978     }
12979   }
12980 
12981   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
12982   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
12983     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
12984 
12985   if (!Previous.empty()) {
12986     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12987     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12988 
12989     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
12990     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
12991     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
12992     // in C++.
12993     //
12994     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
12995     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
12996     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
12997     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
12998     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12999       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13000         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
13001           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
13002           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
13003               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
13004                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
13005             PrevDecl = Tag;
13006             Previous.clear();
13007             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
13008             Previous.resolveKind();
13009           }
13010         }
13011       }
13012     }
13013 
13014     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
13015     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
13016     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
13017     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
13018       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
13019       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
13020           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
13021           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
13022                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
13023         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
13024         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
13025              diag::note_using_decl_target);
13026         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
13027             << 0;
13028         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
13029         Previous.clear();
13030         goto CreateNewDecl;
13031       }
13032     }
13033 
13034     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13035       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
13036       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
13037       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
13038       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
13039           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13040                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13041         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
13042         // struct or something similar.
13043         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
13044                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
13045                                           Name)) {
13046           bool SafeToContinue
13047             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
13048                Kind != TTK_Enum);
13049           if (SafeToContinue)
13050             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
13051               << Name
13052               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
13053                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
13054           else
13055             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
13056           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
13057 
13058           if (SafeToContinue)
13059             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
13060           else {
13061             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
13062             Name = nullptr;
13063             Previous.clear();
13064             Invalid = true;
13065           }
13066         }
13067 
13068         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
13069           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
13070 
13071           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
13072           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
13073           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13074             if (ScopedEnum)
13075               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
13076                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
13077                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
13078             return PrevTagDecl;
13079           }
13080 
13081           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
13082           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13083             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
13084           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
13085             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
13086 
13087           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
13088           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
13089           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
13090           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
13091                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
13092                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
13093             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
13094         }
13095 
13096         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
13097         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
13098         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
13099         //   and then later defined.
13100         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
13101             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13102           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
13103           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13104         }
13105 
13106         if (!Invalid) {
13107           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
13108           // we have attributes.
13109           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13110             if (Attr) {
13111               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
13112               // declaration to hold them.
13113             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
13114                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
13115                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
13116                         PP.getModuleContainingLocation(
13117                             PrevDecl->getLocation()) !=
13118                             PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) &&
13119                        SS.isEmpty()) {
13120               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
13121               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
13122               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
13123               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
13124               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
13125               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
13126               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
13127               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
13128                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13129                 return PrevTagDecl;
13130               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
13131               // that scope.
13132               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13133             } else {
13134               return PrevTagDecl;
13135             }
13136           }
13137 
13138           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
13139           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13140             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
13141               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
13142               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
13143               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
13144               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
13145               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
13146                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
13147                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13148                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13149                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13150                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
13151                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13152                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13153                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13154               }
13155 
13156               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
13157               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13158                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
13159                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
13160                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
13161                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
13162                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
13163                 // use it in place of this one.
13164                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13165                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
13166                 return Def;
13167               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
13168                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
13169                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
13170                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
13171                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
13172                 else
13173                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
13174                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13175                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
13176                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
13177                 // references get the previous definition.
13178                 Name = nullptr;
13179                 Previous.clear();
13180                 Invalid = true;
13181               }
13182             } else {
13183               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
13184               // about a nested redefinition.
13185               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
13186               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
13187                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
13188                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
13189                      diag::note_previous_definition);
13190                 Name = nullptr;
13191                 Previous.clear();
13192                 Invalid = true;
13193               }
13194             }
13195 
13196             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
13197             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
13198           }
13199 
13200           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
13201           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
13202           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
13203           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13204             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
13205             AS = AS_none;
13206           }
13207         }
13208         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
13209         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
13210 
13211       } else {
13212         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
13213         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
13214         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
13215         // have distinct types.
13216         Previous.clear();
13217       }
13218       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
13219       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
13220       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
13221 
13222     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
13223     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
13224     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
13225     } else {
13226       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
13227       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
13228       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
13229       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
13230           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
13231         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl);
13232         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << NTK;
13233         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13234         Invalid = true;
13235 
13236       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
13237       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13238                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13239         // do nothing
13240 
13241       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
13242       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13243         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl);
13244         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
13245         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13246         Invalid = true;
13247 
13248       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
13249       // case here.
13250       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13251         unsigned Kind = 0;
13252         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
13253         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
13254           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
13255         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13256         Invalid = true;
13257 
13258       // Otherwise, diagnose.
13259       } else {
13260         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
13261         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
13262         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
13263         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13264         Name = nullptr;
13265         Invalid = true;
13266       }
13267 
13268       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
13269       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
13270       Previous.clear();
13271     }
13272   }
13273 
13274 CreateNewDecl:
13275 
13276   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13277   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
13278     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
13279 
13280   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13281   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13282   // keyword.
13283   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13284 
13285   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
13286   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
13287   // PrevDecl.
13288   TagDecl *New;
13289 
13290   bool IsForwardReference = false;
13291   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13292     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13293     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
13294     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13295                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
13296                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13297 
13298     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
13299       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13300 
13301     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
13302     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
13303       TagDecl *Def;
13304       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
13305           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
13306         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
13307         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
13308       }
13309       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
13310         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
13311           << New;
13312         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13313       } else {
13314         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
13315         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13316           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
13317         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13318           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
13319         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
13320 
13321         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
13322         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
13323         // the declaration context.
13324         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
13325           IsForwardReference = true;
13326       }
13327     }
13328 
13329     if (EnumUnderlying) {
13330       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13331       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13332         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13333       else
13334         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
13335       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13336     }
13337   } else {
13338     // struct/union/class
13339 
13340     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13341     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
13342     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13343       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
13344       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13345                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13346 
13347       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
13348         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
13349     } else
13350       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13351                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13352   }
13353 
13354   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
13355   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
13356   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13357     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
13358       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13359     Invalid = true;
13360   }
13361 
13362   // Maybe add qualifier info.
13363   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13364     if (SS.isSet()) {
13365       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
13366       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
13367       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
13368       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
13369       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
13370       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
13371           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
13372           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
13373         Invalid = true;
13374 
13375       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
13376       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
13377         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
13378       }
13379     }
13380     else
13381       Invalid = true;
13382   }
13383 
13384   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13385     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
13386     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13387     //
13388     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13389     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
13390     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13391     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13392     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13393     // parsing of the struct).
13394     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13395       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13396       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13397     }
13398   }
13399 
13400   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
13401     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
13402       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
13403         << 2
13404         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
13405     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
13406     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
13407     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
13408     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
13409       New->setModulePrivate();
13410   }
13411 
13412   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
13413   // check the specialization.
13414   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
13415     Invalid = true;
13416 
13417   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
13418   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
13419   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
13420   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
13421       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
13422     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13423       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
13424       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
13425       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
13426         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
13427             << Name;
13428         Invalid = true;
13429       }
13430     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
13431       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13432     }
13433     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
13434   }
13435 
13436   if (Invalid)
13437     New->setInvalidDecl();
13438 
13439   if (Attr)
13440     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13441 
13442   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
13443   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
13444   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13445 
13446   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
13447   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
13448   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
13449   // the tag name visible.
13450   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
13451     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
13452 
13453   // Set the access specifier.
13454   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
13455     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
13456 
13457   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
13458     New->startDefinition();
13459 
13460   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13461   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13462     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
13463     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
13464     if (PrevDecl)
13465       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
13466 
13467     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13468     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13469     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
13470       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
13471         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
13472   } else if (Name) {
13473     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13474     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
13475     if (IsForwardReference)
13476       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13477   } else {
13478     CurContext->addDecl(New);
13479   }
13480 
13481   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
13482   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
13483     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
13484         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
13485         II->isStr("FILE"))
13486       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
13487 
13488   if (PrevDecl)
13489     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
13490 
13491   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13492   // record.
13493   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
13494 
13495   OwnedDecl = true;
13496   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
13497   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
13498   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13499     if (New->isBeingDefined())
13500       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
13501         RD->completeDefinition();
13502     return nullptr;
13503   } else {
13504     return New;
13505   }
13506 }
13507 
13508 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13509   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13510   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13511 
13512   // Enter the tag context.
13513   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
13514 
13515   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
13516 
13517   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13518   // record.
13519   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
13520 }
13521 
13522 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
13523   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
13524          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
13525   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
13526   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
13527       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
13528   CurContext = OCD;
13529   return IDecl;
13530 }
13531 
13532 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13533                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
13534                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
13535                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
13536   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13537   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
13538 
13539   FieldCollector->StartClass();
13540 
13541   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
13542     return;
13543 
13544   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
13545     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
13546                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
13547 
13548   // C++ [class]p2:
13549   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
13550   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
13551   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
13552   //   as if it were a public member name.
13553   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
13554     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
13555                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
13556                             Record->getIdentifier(),
13557                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
13558                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
13559   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
13560   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
13561   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
13562   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
13563       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
13564   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
13565   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
13566          "Broken injected-class-name");
13567 }
13568 
13569 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13570                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
13571   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13572   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13573   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
13574 
13575   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13576   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13577     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
13578     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13579       RD->completeDefinition();
13580   }
13581 
13582   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
13583     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
13584 
13585   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
13586   PopDeclContext();
13587 
13588   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
13589       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
13590     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
13591 
13592   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
13593   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
13594     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
13595 }
13596 
13597 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
13598   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
13599   PopDeclContext();
13600 }
13601 
13602 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13603   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
13604   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
13605   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
13606 }
13607 
13608 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13609   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
13610   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
13611 }
13612 
13613 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13614   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13615   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13616   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
13617 
13618   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13619   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13620     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13621       RD->completeDefinition();
13622   }
13623 
13624   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
13625   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
13626   // the FieldCollector.
13627 
13628   PopDeclContext();
13629 }
13630 
13631 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
13632 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
13633                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
13634                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
13635                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
13636   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
13637   if (ZeroWidth)
13638     *ZeroWidth = true;
13639 
13640   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
13641   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
13642   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
13643     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
13644     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
13645       return ExprError();
13646     if (FieldName)
13647       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
13648         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13649     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
13650       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13651   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
13652                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
13653     return ExprError();
13654 
13655   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
13656   // it now.
13657   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
13658     return BitWidth;
13659 
13660   llvm::APSInt Value;
13661   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
13662   if (ICE.isInvalid())
13663     return ICE;
13664   BitWidth = ICE.get();
13665 
13666   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
13667     *ZeroWidth = false;
13668 
13669   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
13670   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
13671     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
13672 
13673   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
13674     if (FieldName)
13675       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13676                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
13677     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13678       << Value.toString(10);
13679   }
13680 
13681   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
13682     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
13683     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
13684     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
13685 
13686     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
13687     // ABI.
13688     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
13689         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13690     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
13691         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
13692         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
13693     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
13694       unsigned DiagWidth =
13695           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
13696       if (FieldName)
13697         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13698                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13699                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
13700 
13701       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13702              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
13703              << DiagWidth;
13704     }
13705 
13706     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
13707     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
13708     // 'bool'.
13709     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
13710       if (FieldName)
13711         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13712             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13713             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13714       else
13715         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13716             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13717     }
13718   }
13719 
13720   return BitWidth;
13721 }
13722 
13723 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
13724 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
13725 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
13726                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
13727   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
13728                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
13729                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
13730   return Res;
13731 }
13732 
13733 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
13734 ///
13735 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
13736                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
13737                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
13738                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13739                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
13740   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
13741     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
13742     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
13743       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
13744     return nullptr;
13745   }
13746 
13747   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13748   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13749   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13750 
13751   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13752   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13754     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13755 
13756     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
13757                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
13758       D.setInvalidType();
13759       T = Context.IntTy;
13760       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
13761     }
13762   }
13763 
13764   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
13765   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
13766     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
13767     D.setInvalidType();
13768   }
13769 
13770   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
13771   // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
13772   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() ||
13773                           T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) {
13774     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
13775     D.setInvalidType();
13776   }
13777 
13778   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
13779 
13780   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
13781     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13782         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
13783   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13784     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13785          diag::err_invalid_thread)
13786       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13787 
13788   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
13789   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13790   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
13791   LookupName(Previous, S);
13792   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
13793     case LookupResult::Found:
13794     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
13795       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
13796       break;
13797 
13798     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
13799       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13800       break;
13801 
13802     case LookupResult::NotFound:
13803     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
13804     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
13805       break;
13806   }
13807   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
13808 
13809   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13810     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13811     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13812     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13813     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13814   }
13815 
13816   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
13817     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13818 
13819   bool Mutable
13820     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
13821   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
13822   FieldDecl *NewFD
13823     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
13824                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
13825 
13826   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
13827     Record->setInvalidDecl();
13828 
13829   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13830     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
13831 
13832   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
13833     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
13834     // with the same name in the same scope.
13835   } else if (II) {
13836     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
13837   } else
13838     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
13839 
13840   return NewFD;
13841 }
13842 
13843 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
13844 ///
13845 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
13846 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
13847 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
13848 /// created.
13849 ///
13850 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
13851 ///
13852 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
13853 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
13854                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
13855                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
13856                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
13857                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13858                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
13859                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
13860                                 Declarator *D) {
13861   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
13862   bool InvalidDecl = false;
13863   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
13864 
13865   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
13866   // marking this declaration as invalid.
13867   if (T.isNull()) {
13868     InvalidDecl = true;
13869     T = Context.IntTy;
13870   }
13871 
13872   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
13873   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13874     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13875       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
13876       Record->setInvalidDecl();
13877       InvalidDecl = true;
13878     } else {
13879       NamedDecl *Def;
13880       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
13881       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
13882         Record->setInvalidDecl();
13883         InvalidDecl = true;
13884       }
13885     }
13886   }
13887 
13888   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
13889   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
13890     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
13891     InvalidDecl = true;
13892   }
13893 
13894   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
13895   // than a variably modified type.
13896   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13897     bool SizeIsNegative;
13898     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
13899 
13900     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
13901       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
13902                                                     SizeIsNegative,
13903                                                     Oversized);
13904     if (FixedTInfo) {
13905       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
13906       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
13907       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
13908     } else {
13909       if (SizeIsNegative)
13910         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
13911       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
13912         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
13913           << Oversized.toString(10);
13914       else
13915         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
13916       InvalidDecl = true;
13917     }
13918   }
13919 
13920   // Fields can not have abstract class types
13921   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
13922                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13923                                              AbstractFieldType))
13924     InvalidDecl = true;
13925 
13926   bool ZeroWidth = false;
13927   if (InvalidDecl)
13928     BitWidth = nullptr;
13929   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
13930   if (BitWidth) {
13931     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
13932                               &ZeroWidth).get();
13933     if (!BitWidth) {
13934       InvalidDecl = true;
13935       BitWidth = nullptr;
13936       ZeroWidth = false;
13937     }
13938   }
13939 
13940   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
13941   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
13942     unsigned DiagID = 0;
13943     if (T->isReferenceType())
13944       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
13945                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
13946     else if (T.isConstQualified())
13947       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
13948 
13949     if (DiagID) {
13950       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
13951       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
13952         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
13953       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
13954       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
13955         Mutable = false;
13956         InvalidDecl = true;
13957       }
13958     }
13959   }
13960 
13961   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
13962   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
13963   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
13964   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
13965     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
13966 
13967   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
13968                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
13969   if (InvalidDecl)
13970     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13971 
13972   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13973     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13974     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13975     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13976   }
13977 
13978   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13979     if (Record->isUnion()) {
13980       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13981         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
13982         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
13983           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
13984           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
13985           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
13986           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
13987           // objects.
13988           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
13989             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13990         }
13991       }
13992 
13993       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
13994       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
13995       // enabled.
13996       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
13997         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
13998                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
13999                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
14000           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
14001         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
14002           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14003       }
14004     }
14005   }
14006 
14007   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
14008   // representation, not a parser representation.
14009   if (D) {
14010     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
14011     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
14012 
14013     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
14014       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
14015   }
14016 
14017   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
14018   // retainable type.
14019   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
14020     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14021 
14022   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
14023     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
14024 
14025   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
14026   return NewFD;
14027 }
14028 
14029 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
14030   assert(FD);
14031   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
14032 
14033   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
14034     return false;
14035 
14036   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14037   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14038     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14039     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14040       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
14041       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
14042       // copy constructors.
14043 
14044       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
14045       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
14046       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
14047       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
14048       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
14049       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
14050       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
14051         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
14052       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
14053         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
14054       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
14055         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
14056       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
14057         member = CXXDestructor;
14058 
14059       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
14060         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
14061             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
14062           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
14063           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
14064           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
14065           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
14066           // members unavailable.
14067           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14068           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
14069             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
14070               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14071                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
14072             return false;
14073           }
14074         }
14075 
14076         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
14077                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
14078                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
14079           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
14080         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
14081         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
14082       }
14083     }
14084   }
14085 
14086   return false;
14087 }
14088 
14089 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
14090 ///  AST enum value.
14091 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
14092 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
14093   switch (ivarVisibility) {
14094   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
14095   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
14096   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
14097   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
14098   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
14099   }
14100 }
14101 
14102 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
14103 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
14104 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
14105                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
14106                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
14107                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
14108 
14109   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14110   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
14111   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14112   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14113 
14114   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
14115   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
14116 
14117   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14118   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14119 
14120   if (BitWidth) {
14121     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
14122     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
14123     if (!BitWidth)
14124       D.setInvalidType();
14125   } else {
14126     // Not a bitfield.
14127 
14128     // validate II.
14129 
14130   }
14131   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
14132     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
14133     D.setInvalidType();
14134   }
14135   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14136   // than a variably modified type.
14137   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14138     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
14139     D.setInvalidType();
14140   }
14141 
14142   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
14143   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
14144     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
14145                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
14146   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
14147   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
14148   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
14149     return nullptr;
14150   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
14151   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14152       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14153     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
14154     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
14155       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
14156       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
14157     }
14158     else
14159       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14160   } else {
14161     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14162         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14163       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
14164         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
14165         return nullptr;
14166       }
14167     }
14168     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14169   }
14170 
14171   // Construct the decl.
14172   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
14173                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
14174                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
14175 
14176   if (II) {
14177     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14178                                            ForRedeclaration);
14179     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
14180         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14181       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14182       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14183       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14184     }
14185   }
14186 
14187   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
14188   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
14189 
14190   if (D.isInvalidType())
14191     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14192 
14193   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
14194   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
14195     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14196 
14197   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14198     NewID->setModulePrivate();
14199 
14200   if (II) {
14201     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
14202     // these to the interface.
14203     S->AddDecl(NewID);
14204     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
14205   }
14206 
14207   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
14208       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
14209     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
14210 
14211   return NewID;
14212 }
14213 
14214 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
14215 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
14216 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
14217 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
14218 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
14219                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
14220   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
14221     return;
14222 
14223   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
14224   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
14225 
14226   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
14227     return;
14228   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
14229   if (!ID) {
14230     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
14231       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
14232         return;
14233     }
14234     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
14235     else
14236       return;
14237   }
14238   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
14239   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
14240   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
14241 
14242   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
14243                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
14244                               Context.CharTy,
14245                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
14246                                                                DeclLoc),
14247                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
14248                               true);
14249   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
14250 }
14251 
14252 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
14253                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
14254                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
14255   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
14256 
14257   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
14258   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
14259   // it will now change.
14260   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14261     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14262     switch (DC->getKind()) {
14263     default: break;
14264     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
14265       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14266       break;
14267     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
14268       Context.
14269         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14270       break;
14271     }
14272   }
14273 
14274   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14275 
14276   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
14277   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
14278   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
14279   if (Record) {
14280     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
14281       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
14282         if (IFD->getDeclName())
14283           ++NumNamedMembers;
14284     }
14285   }
14286 
14287   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
14288   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
14289 
14290   bool ARCErrReported = false;
14291   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
14292        i != end; ++i) {
14293     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
14294 
14295     // Get the type for the field.
14296     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
14297 
14298     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
14299       // Remember all fields written by the user.
14300       RecFields.push_back(FD);
14301     }
14302 
14303     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
14304     // diagnostics about it.
14305     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14306       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14307       continue;
14308     }
14309 
14310     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
14311     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
14312     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
14313     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
14314     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
14315     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
14316     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
14317     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
14318     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
14319     //   array.
14320     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
14321       // Field declared as a function.
14322       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
14323         << FD->getDeclName();
14324       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14325       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14326       continue;
14327     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
14328                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
14329                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
14330                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
14331                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
14332       // Flexible array member.
14333       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
14334       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
14335       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
14336       unsigned DiagID = 0;
14337       if (Record->isUnion())
14338         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14339                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
14340                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14341                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
14342                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
14343       else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
14344         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14345                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
14346                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14347                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
14348                            : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
14349 
14350       if (DiagID)
14351         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
14352                                         << Record->getTagKind();
14353       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
14354       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
14355       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
14356       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
14357       // of the type.
14358       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
14359         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
14360           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
14361             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14362       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
14363         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
14364           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14365 
14366       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
14367       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
14368       //
14369       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
14370       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
14371       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14372       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
14373         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
14374           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14375         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14376         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14377         continue;
14378       }
14379       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
14380       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14381     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
14382                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14383                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14384       // Incomplete type
14385       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14386       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14387       continue;
14388     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14389       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
14390         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
14391         // flexible array member.
14392         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14393         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
14394           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
14395           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
14396           // structures.
14397           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
14398             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
14399               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14400           else {
14401             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
14402             // other structs as an extension.
14403             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
14404               << FD->getDeclName();
14405           }
14406         }
14407       }
14408       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
14409           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14410                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14411                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
14412         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
14413         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14414       }
14415       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14416         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14417       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
14418         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14419     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
14420       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
14421       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
14422         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
14423       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
14424       FD->setType(T);
14425     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
14426                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
14427       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
14428       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
14429       // so we just make the field unavailable.
14430       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
14431       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
14432       QualType T = FD->getType();
14433       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
14434       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
14435         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
14436         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
14437           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
14438             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14439                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
14440           }
14441         } else {
14442           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
14443             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
14444         }
14445         ARCErrReported = true;
14446       }
14447     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
14448                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
14449                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
14450       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14451           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
14452         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14453       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
14454         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14455         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
14456             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14457           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14458         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14459                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
14460                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14461       }
14462     }
14463     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
14464       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14465     // Keep track of the number of named members.
14466     if (FD->getIdentifier())
14467       ++NumNamedMembers;
14468   }
14469 
14470   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
14471   if (Record) {
14472     bool Completed = false;
14473     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14474       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14475         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
14476         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
14477                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
14478                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
14479           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
14480       }
14481 
14482       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
14483         if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
14484           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
14485           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14486             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
14487                                           CXXRecord->getDestructor());
14488         }
14489 
14490         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14491           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
14492           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
14493 
14494           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
14495           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
14496           // problem now.
14497           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
14498             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
14499             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
14500 
14501             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
14502                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
14503                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
14504               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
14505                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
14506                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
14507                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
14508                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
14509                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
14510                   continue;
14511 
14512                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
14513                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
14514                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
14515                 //   program is ill-formed.
14516                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
14517                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
14518                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
14519                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
14520                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
14521                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
14522                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
14523                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
14524                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
14525                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
14526 
14527                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14528               }
14529             }
14530             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
14531             Completed = true;
14532           }
14533         }
14534       }
14535     }
14536 
14537     if (!Completed)
14538       Record->completeDefinition();
14539 
14540     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
14541     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14542       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
14543       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
14544           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor))
14545         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
14546     }
14547 
14548     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
14549       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
14550 
14551       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
14552         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
14553                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
14554                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
14555     }
14556 
14557     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
14558     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
14559     // compatibility problems.
14560     bool CheckForZeroSize;
14561     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14562       CheckForZeroSize = true;
14563     } else {
14564       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
14565       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
14566       CheckForZeroSize =
14567           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
14568           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
14569           CXXRecord->isCLike();
14570     }
14571     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
14572       bool ZeroSize = true;
14573       bool IsEmpty = true;
14574       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
14575       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
14576                                       E = Record->field_end();
14577            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
14578         IsEmpty = false;
14579         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
14580           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
14581             ZeroSize = false;
14582         } else {
14583           ++NonBitFields;
14584           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
14585           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
14586               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
14587             ZeroSize = false;
14588         }
14589       }
14590 
14591       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
14592       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
14593       // extern "C" block.
14594       if (ZeroSize) {
14595         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
14596                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
14597                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
14598           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
14599       }
14600 
14601       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
14602       // but are accepted by GCC.
14603       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14604         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
14605                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
14606           << Record->isUnion();
14607       }
14608     }
14609   } else {
14610     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
14611       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
14612     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14613       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
14614       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
14615       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14616         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
14617         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14618       }
14619       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
14620       // duplicates.
14621       if (ID->getSuperClass())
14622         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
14623     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14624                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14625       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
14626       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
14627         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
14628         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
14629         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
14630       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
14631       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14632       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14633     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14634                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14635       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
14636       // reported as errors elsewhere.
14637       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
14638       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
14639       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
14640       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
14641       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
14642       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14643         if (IDecl) {
14644           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
14645               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14646             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14647                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14648             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14649             continue;
14650           }
14651           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
14652             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
14653                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14654               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14655                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14656               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14657               continue;
14658             }
14659           }
14660         }
14661         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
14662         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14663       }
14664       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14665       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14666     }
14667   }
14668 
14669   if (Attr)
14670     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
14671 }
14672 
14673 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
14674 /// the given type T.
14675 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
14676                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
14677                                         QualType T) {
14678   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14679   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
14680 
14681   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
14682     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
14683       --BitWidth;
14684     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
14685   }
14686   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
14687 }
14688 
14689 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
14690 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
14691 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
14692   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
14693   // enum checking below.
14694   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14695   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
14696   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14697     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
14698   };
14699   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14700     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
14701     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
14702   };
14703 
14704   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
14705   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
14706                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
14707   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
14708     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
14709       return Types[I];
14710 
14711   return QualType();
14712 }
14713 
14714 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
14715                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
14716                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
14717                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
14718                                           Expr *Val) {
14719   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14720   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
14721   QualType EltTy;
14722 
14723   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
14724     Val = nullptr;
14725 
14726   if (Val)
14727     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
14728 
14729   if (Val) {
14730     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
14731       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14732     else {
14733       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
14734       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
14735           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14736         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
14737         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
14738         // constant expression of the underlying type.
14739         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14740         ExprResult Converted =
14741           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
14742                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
14743         if (Converted.isInvalid())
14744           Val = nullptr;
14745         else
14746           Val = Converted.get();
14747       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
14748                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
14749                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
14750         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
14751       } else {
14752         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14753           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14754 
14755           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
14756           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
14757           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
14758           // expression checking.
14759           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14760             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14761               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14762               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14763             } else
14764               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14765           } else
14766             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
14767                                     EltTy->isBooleanType() ?
14768                                     CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast)
14769                     .get();
14770         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14771           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
14772           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14773           //   is the type of its initializing value:
14774           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
14775           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
14776           EltTy = Val->getType();
14777         } else {
14778           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
14779           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
14780           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
14781           //   representable as an int.
14782 
14783           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
14784           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
14785             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14786               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
14787               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
14788           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
14789             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
14790             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14791           }
14792           EltTy = Val->getType();
14793         }
14794       }
14795     }
14796   }
14797 
14798   if (!Val) {
14799     if (Enum->isDependentType())
14800       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14801     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
14802       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14803       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14804       //   is the type of its initializing value:
14805       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
14806       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
14807       //
14808       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
14809       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
14810       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14811         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14812       }
14813       else {
14814         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
14815       }
14816     } else {
14817       // Assign the last value + 1.
14818       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14819       ++EnumVal;
14820       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
14821 
14822       // Check for overflow on increment.
14823       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
14824         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14825         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14826         //   is the type of its initializing value:
14827         //
14828         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
14829         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
14830         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
14831         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
14832         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
14833         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
14834         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
14835         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
14836           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
14837           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
14838           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14839           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
14840           ++EnumVal;
14841           if (Enum->isFixed())
14842             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
14843             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
14844               << EnumVal.toString(10)
14845               << EltTy;
14846           else
14847             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
14848               << EnumVal.toString(10);
14849         } else {
14850           EltTy = T;
14851         }
14852 
14853         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
14854         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
14855         // value, then increment.
14856         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14857         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14858         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14859         ++EnumVal;
14860 
14861         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
14862         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
14863         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
14864         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
14865         // integral type.
14866         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
14867           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
14868       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14869                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14870         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
14871         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14872           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
14873       }
14874     }
14875   }
14876 
14877   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
14878     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
14879     // enumerator's type.
14880     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14881     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14882   }
14883 
14884   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
14885                                   Val, EnumVal);
14886 }
14887 
14888 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
14889                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
14890   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
14891       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14892     return SkipBodyInfo();
14893 
14894   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
14895   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
14896   // skip the body.
14897   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
14898                                          ForRedeclaration);
14899   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
14900   if (!PrevECD)
14901     return SkipBodyInfo();
14902 
14903   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
14904   NamedDecl *Hidden;
14905   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
14906     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
14907     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
14908     return Skip;
14909   }
14910 
14911   return SkipBodyInfo();
14912 }
14913 
14914 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
14915                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
14916                               AttributeList *Attr,
14917                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
14918   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
14919   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
14920     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
14921 
14922   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
14923   // we find one that is.
14924   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
14925 
14926   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
14927   // scope.
14928   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
14929                                          ForRedeclaration);
14930   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
14931     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
14932     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
14933     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14934     PrevDecl = nullptr;
14935   }
14936 
14937   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
14938   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
14939   // different from T:
14940   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
14941   // enumerated type
14942   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
14943     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
14944                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
14945 
14946   EnumConstantDecl *New =
14947     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
14948   if (!New)
14949     return nullptr;
14950 
14951   if (PrevDecl) {
14952     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
14953     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
14954     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
14955            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
14956     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) &&
14957         shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) {
14958       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
14959         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
14960       else
14961         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
14962       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14963       return nullptr;
14964     }
14965   }
14966 
14967   // Process attributes.
14968   if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
14969 
14970   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
14971   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
14972   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
14973 
14974   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
14975 
14976   return New;
14977 }
14978 
14979 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
14980 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
14981 // Element2 = Element1
14982 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
14983 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
14984 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
14985 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
14986   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
14987   if (!InitExpr)
14988     return true;
14989   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
14990 
14991   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
14992     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
14993       return true;
14994     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
14995     if (!IL)
14996       return true;
14997     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
14998       return true;
14999 
15000     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
15001   }
15002 
15003   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
15004   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
15005   if (!DRE)
15006     return true;
15007 
15008   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15009   if (!EnumConstant)
15010     return true;
15011 
15012   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
15013       Enum)
15014     return true;
15015 
15016   return false;
15017 }
15018 
15019 namespace {
15020 struct DupKey {
15021   int64_t val;
15022   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
15023   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
15024     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
15025 };
15026 
15027 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
15028   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
15029                 false);
15030 }
15031 
15032 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
15033   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
15034   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
15035   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
15036     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
15037   }
15038   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
15039     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
15040            LHS.val == RHS.val;
15041   }
15042 };
15043 } // end anonymous namespace
15044 
15045 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
15046 // a previous element has already been set to.
15047 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15048                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
15049                                         QualType EnumType) {
15050   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
15051     return;
15052   // Avoid anonymous enums
15053   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
15054     return;
15055 
15056   // Only check for small enums.
15057   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
15058     return;
15059 
15060   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
15061   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
15062 
15063   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
15064   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
15065           ValueToVectorMap;
15066 
15067   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
15068   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
15069 
15070   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
15071   // an initialier.
15072   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15073     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15074 
15075     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
15076     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
15077     if (!ECD) {
15078       return;
15079     }
15080 
15081     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
15082       continue;
15083 
15084     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15085     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15086 
15087     // First time encountering this value.
15088     if (Entry.isNull())
15089       Entry = ECD;
15090   }
15091 
15092   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
15093   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15094     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15095     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
15096       continue;
15097 
15098     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15099 
15100     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15101     if (Entry.isNull())
15102       continue;
15103 
15104     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
15105       // Ensure constants are different.
15106       if (D == ECD)
15107         continue;
15108 
15109       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
15110       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
15111       Vec->push_back(D);
15112       Vec->push_back(ECD);
15113 
15114       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
15115       Entry = Vec;
15116 
15117       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
15118       // diagnostics.
15119       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
15120       continue;
15121     }
15122 
15123     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
15124     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
15125     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
15126       continue;
15127 
15128     Vec->push_back(ECD);
15129   }
15130 
15131   // Emit diagnostics.
15132   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
15133                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
15134        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
15135     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
15136     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
15137 
15138     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
15139     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
15140     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
15141       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15142       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15143     ++I;
15144 
15145     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
15146     // the same value.
15147     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
15148       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
15149         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15150         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15151     delete Vec;
15152   }
15153 }
15154 
15155 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
15156                              bool AllowMask) const {
15157   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
15158   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
15159 
15160   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
15161   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
15162 
15163   if (R.second) {
15164     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
15165       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
15166       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
15167       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
15168         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
15169     }
15170   }
15171 
15172   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
15173   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
15174   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
15175   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
15176   //
15177   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
15178   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
15179   // likely a logic error.
15180   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
15181   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
15182 }
15183 
15184 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
15185                          Decl *EnumDeclX,
15186                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15187                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
15188   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
15189   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
15190 
15191   if (Attr)
15192     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
15193 
15194   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
15195     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15196       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15197         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15198       if (!ECD) continue;
15199 
15200       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15201     }
15202 
15203     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
15204     return;
15205   }
15206 
15207   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
15208   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
15209   // emit a warning.
15210   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15211   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15212   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
15213 
15214   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
15215   // reverse the list.
15216   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
15217   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
15218 
15219   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
15220   bool AllElementsInt = true;
15221 
15222   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15223     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15224       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15225     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15226 
15227     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15228 
15229     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
15230     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
15231       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
15232                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
15233     else
15234       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
15235                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
15236 
15237     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
15238     if (AllElementsInt)
15239       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
15240   }
15241 
15242   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
15243   QualType BestType;
15244   unsigned BestWidth;
15245 
15246   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
15247   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
15248   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
15249   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
15250   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
15251   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
15252   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
15253   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
15254   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
15255   QualType BestPromotionType;
15256 
15257   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
15258   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
15259   // enum definitions.
15260   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
15261     Packed = true;
15262 
15263   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15264     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
15265     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
15266       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
15267     else
15268       BestPromotionType = BestType;
15269 
15270     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
15271   }
15272   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
15273     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
15274     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
15275     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15276     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
15277       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
15278       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15279     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
15280                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
15281       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
15282       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15283     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
15284       BestType = Context.IntTy;
15285       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15286     } else {
15287       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
15288 
15289       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
15290         BestType = Context.LongTy;
15291       } else {
15292         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15293 
15294         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
15295           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
15296         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
15297       }
15298     }
15299     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
15300   } else {
15301     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
15302     // all of the enumerator values.
15303     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15304     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
15305       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
15306       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15307       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15308     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
15309       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
15310       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15311       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15312     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
15313       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
15314       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15315       BestPromotionType
15316         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15317                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
15318     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
15319                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
15320       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
15321       BestPromotionType
15322         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15323                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
15324     } else {
15325       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15326       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
15327              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
15328       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
15329       BestPromotionType
15330         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15331                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
15332     }
15333   }
15334 
15335   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
15336   // the type of the enum if needed.
15337   for (auto *D : Elements) {
15338     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15339     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15340 
15341     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
15342     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
15343     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
15344     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
15345     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
15346 
15347     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
15348     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15349 
15350     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
15351     // the enum decl type.
15352     QualType NewTy;
15353     unsigned NewWidth;
15354     bool NewSign;
15355     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15356         !Enum->isFixed() &&
15357         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
15358       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
15359       NewWidth = IntWidth;
15360       NewSign = true;
15361     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
15362       // Already the right type!
15363       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15364         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15365         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15366         // enumeration.
15367         ECD->setType(EnumType);
15368       continue;
15369     } else {
15370       NewTy = BestType;
15371       NewWidth = BestWidth;
15372       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
15373     }
15374 
15375     // Adjust the APSInt value.
15376     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
15377     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
15378     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
15379 
15380     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
15381     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
15382         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
15383       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
15384                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
15385                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
15386                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
15387                                                 VK_RValue));
15388     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15389       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15390       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15391       // enumeration.
15392       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15393     else
15394       ECD->setType(NewTy);
15395   }
15396 
15397   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
15398                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
15399 
15400   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
15401 
15402   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
15403     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
15404       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15405       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15406 
15407       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15408       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
15409           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
15410         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
15411           << ECD << Enum;
15412     }
15413   }
15414 
15415   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
15416   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
15417     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
15418 }
15419 
15420 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
15421                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
15422                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
15423   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
15424 
15425   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
15426                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
15427                                                    EndLoc);
15428   CurContext->addDecl(New);
15429   return New;
15430 }
15431 
15432 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
15433                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC,
15434                                      bool FromInclude = false) {
15435   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
15436 
15437   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
15438     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
15439     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
15440       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
15441         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
15442       break;
15443     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
15444       break;
15445     }
15446     DC = LSD->getParent();
15447   }
15448 
15449   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
15450     DC = DC->getParent();
15451 
15452   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
15453     S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M))
15454                           ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop
15455                           : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
15456         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
15457     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
15458            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
15459   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
15460     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
15461       << M->getFullModuleName();
15462     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here);
15463   }
15464 }
15465 
15466 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
15467                                            ModuleDeclKind MDK,
15468                                            ModuleIdPath Path) {
15469   // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any
15470   // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a
15471   // module inteface (not a module map).
15472   auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule();
15473   if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation
15474           ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None
15475           : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) {
15476     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch)
15477       << (unsigned)MDK;
15478     return nullptr;
15479   }
15480 
15481   // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it.
15482 
15483   // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than
15484   // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current
15485   // module matters (eg a #include).
15486 
15487   // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's
15488   // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character
15489   // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name.
15490   std::string ModuleName;
15491   for (auto &Piece : Path) {
15492     if (!ModuleName.empty())
15493       ModuleName += ".";
15494     ModuleName += Piece.first->getName();
15495   }
15496 
15497   // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be
15498   // correct.
15499   if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() &&
15500       getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) {
15501     Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch)
15502         << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second)
15503         << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15504     return nullptr;
15505   }
15506   const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName;
15507 
15508   auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap();
15509 
15510   switch (MDK) {
15511   case ModuleDeclKind::Module: {
15512     // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule.
15513 
15514     // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module
15515     // map defining it already.
15516     if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) {
15517       Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName;
15518       if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid())
15519         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition);
15520       else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile())
15521         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file)
15522             << FE->getName();
15523       return nullptr;
15524     }
15525 
15526     // Create a Module for the module that we're defining.
15527     Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName);
15528     assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail");
15529 
15530     // Enter the semantic scope of the module.
15531     ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod);
15532     return nullptr;
15533   }
15534 
15535   case ModuleDeclKind::Partition:
15536     // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module.
15537     return nullptr;
15538 
15539   case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation:
15540     std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc(
15541         PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second);
15542 
15543     DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc);
15544     if (Import.isInvalid())
15545       return nullptr;
15546     return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get());
15547   }
15548 
15549   llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind");
15550 }
15551 
15552 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
15553                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
15554                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
15555   Module *Mod =
15556       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
15557                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
15558   if (!Mod)
15559     return true;
15560 
15561   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
15562 
15563   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15564 
15565   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
15566   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
15567   // silently ignoring the import.
15568   // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we
15569   // warn on a redundant import of the current module?
15570   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule &&
15571       (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS))
15572     Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()
15573                         ? diag::err_module_self_import
15574                         : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
15575         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15576 
15577   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
15578   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
15579   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
15580     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
15581     // We need the length to be consistent.
15582     if (!ModCheck)
15583       break;
15584     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
15585 
15586     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
15587   }
15588 
15589   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15590   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc,
15591                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
15592   if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15593     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import);
15594   TU->addDecl(Import);
15595   return Import;
15596 }
15597 
15598 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15599   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15600   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15601 }
15602 
15603 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15604   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
15605   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
15606   // implementation detail of us building the module.
15607   //
15608   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
15609   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
15610       TUKind == TU_Module &&
15611       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
15612 
15613   bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes;
15614 
15615   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
15616   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
15617   if (ShouldAddImport) {
15618     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15619     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15620                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
15621                                                      DirectiveLoc);
15622     if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15623       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD);
15624     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15625     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15626   }
15627 
15628   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
15629   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15630 }
15631 
15632 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15633   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15634 
15635   ModuleScopes.push_back({});
15636   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
15637   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
15638     ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules);
15639 
15640   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15641 }
15642 
15643 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) {
15644   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
15645     VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules);
15646     // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache
15647     // is now out of date.
15648     VisibleNamespaceCache.clear();
15649   }
15650 
15651   assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod &&
15652          "left the wrong module scope");
15653   ModuleScopes.pop_back();
15654 
15655   // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an
15656   // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module.
15657   FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc);
15658   assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() &&
15659          "end of submodule in main source file");
15660   SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File);
15661   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15662 }
15663 
15664 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
15665                                                       Module *Mod) {
15666   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
15667   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
15668     return;
15669 
15670   // Create the implicit import declaration.
15671   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15672   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15673                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
15674   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15675   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15676 
15677   // Make the module visible.
15678   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
15679   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
15680 }
15681 
15682 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
15683 /// (if present).
15684 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
15685                                  SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
15686   ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc);
15687 
15688   // C++ Modules TS draft:
15689   //   An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one
15690   //   export keyword.
15691   //
15692   // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another
15693   // export-declaration.
15694   if (D->isExported())
15695     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export);
15696 
15697   CurContext->addDecl(D);
15698   PushDeclContext(S, D);
15699   return D;
15700 }
15701 
15702 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
15703 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
15704   auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D);
15705   if (RBraceLoc.isValid())
15706     ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
15707 
15708   // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including
15709   // anonymous namespace).
15710 
15711   PopDeclContext();
15712   return D;
15713 }
15714 
15715 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15716                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15717                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15718                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
15719                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15720   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
15721                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
15722   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
15723       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
15724 
15725   // If a declaration that:
15726   // 1) declares a function or a variable
15727   // 2) has external linkage
15728   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
15729   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15730     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
15731       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
15732     else
15733       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
15734           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
15735   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
15736   } else
15737     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
15738 }
15739 
15740 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15741                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15742                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15743   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
15744 
15745   if (PrevDecl) {
15746     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
15747   } else {
15748     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15749       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
15750         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
15751   }
15752 }
15753 
15754 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15755                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15756                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15757                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
15758                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15759   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
15760                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
15761   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
15762 
15763   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15764     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
15765       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
15766         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
15767   } else {
15768     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15769       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
15770   }
15771 }
15772 
15773 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
15774   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
15775 }
15776